#LyX 2.4 created this file. For more info see https://www.lyx.org/ \lyxformat 600 \begin_document \begin_header \save_transient_properties true \origin /systemlyxdir/doc/ \textclass scrbook \begin_preamble % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!! % % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble, % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact % the documentation team % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float \usepackage[figure]{hypcap} % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added \let\myTOC\tableofcontents \renewcommand\tableofcontents{% \frontmatter \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{} \myTOC \mainmatter } % macro for italic page numbers in the index \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}} % for customized page headers/footers % only needed because they are only used in one section of the document \usepackage{fancyhdr} % change header rule width \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt} % used to have extra space in table cells \@ifundefined{extrarowheight} {\usepackage{array}}{} \setlength{\extrarowheight}{2pt} % workaround for a makeindex bug, % see sec. "Index Entry Order" % only uncomment this when you are using makindex %\let\OrgIndex\index %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}} \end_preamble \options refpage,intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading \use_default_options false \begin_modules customHeadersFooters enumitem logicalmkup \end_modules \maintain_unincluded_children no \language english \language_package default \inputencoding utf8 \fontencoding auto \font_roman "lmodern" "default" \font_sans "default" "default" \font_typewriter "default" "default" \font_math "auto" "auto" \font_default_family default \use_non_tex_fonts false \font_sc false \font_roman_osf false \font_sans_osf false \font_typewriter_osf false \font_sf_scale 100 100 \font_tt_scale 100 100 \use_microtype false \use_dash_ligatures false \graphics default \default_output_format default \output_sync 0 \bibtex_command bibtex \index_command makeindex \float_placement class \float_alignment class \paperfontsize 12 \spacing single \use_hyperref true \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide" \pdf_author "LyX Team" \pdf_subject "LyX" \pdf_keywords "LyX" \pdf_bookmarks true \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true \pdf_bookmarksopen false \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1 \pdf_breaklinks false \pdf_pdfborder false \pdf_colorlinks true \pdf_backref false \pdf_pdfusetitle false \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false" \papersize default \use_geometry false \use_package amsmath 1 \use_package amssymb 1 \use_package cancel 1 \use_package esint 1 \use_package mathdots 1 \use_package mathtools 1 \use_package mhchem 1 \use_package stackrel 1 \use_package stmaryrd 1 \use_package undertilde 1 \cite_engine basic \cite_engine_type default \biblio_style plain \use_bibtopic false \use_indices false \paperorientation portrait \suppress_date false \justification true \use_refstyle 1 \use_minted 0 \use_lineno 0 \notefontcolor #0000ff \branch Question \selected 1 \filename_suffix 0 \color #00ff00 \end_branch \branch Answer \selected 0 \filename_suffix 0 \color #aa55ff \end_branch \index Index \shortcut idx \color #008000 \end_index \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 2 \paragraph_separation skip \defskip halfline \is_math_indent 0 \math_numbering_side default \quotes_style english \dynamic_quotes 0 \papercolumns 1 \papersides 2 \paperpagestyle default \tablestyle default \tracking_changes true \output_changes false \change_bars false \postpone_fragile_content false \html_math_output 0 \html_css_as_file 0 \html_be_strict true \docbook_table_output 0 \author -1402925745 "Günter Milde" \author -712698321 "Jürgen Spitzmüller" \author -584632292 "Richard Kimberly Heck" \author -563046850 "Jean-Marc LASGOUTTES" \author -131811572 "Yuriy Skalko" \author 5863208 "ab" \author 5863344 "Enrico Forestieri" \author 244031559 "Yuriy" \author 1675569489 "Stephan Witt" \end_header \begin_body \begin_layout Title The \SpecialChar LyX User's Guide \end_layout \begin_layout Author by the \SpecialChar LyX Team \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \noindent If you have comments on or error corrections to this documentation, please send them to the \SpecialChar LyX Documentation mailing list: \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org" type "mailto:" literal "false" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Version 2. \change_deleted -131811572 1600339801 3 \change_inserted -131811572 1600339801 4 \change_unchanged .x \begin_inset Note Note status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold https://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/Manuals#UserGuide \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset CommandInset toc LatexCommand tableofcontents \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter Getting Started \end_layout \begin_layout Section What is \SpecialChar LyX ? \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX is a document preparation system. It is a tool for producing beautiful manu\SpecialChar softhyphen scripts, publishable books, business letters and proposals, \change_deleted 5863208 1598113909 and \change_unchanged even poetry. It is unlike most other \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset word processors \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core editing style. That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Section \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , not as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Bold, 17 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt type, left justified, 5 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mm space below \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \SpecialChar LyX takes care of the typesetting for you; so you deal only with concepts, not with mechanics. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This philosophy is explained in greater detail in the \emph on Introduction \emph default manual. If you haven't read it yet, you need to. Yes, we mean now. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \emph on Introduction \emph default manual describes several things in addition to \SpecialChar LyX 's philosophy: most importantly, the format of all of the manuals. If you don't read it, you will have a difficult time navigating the manuals. Additionally it provides a high level content description of the other manuals giving the user an idea of where to look for specific information. \end_layout \begin_layout Section How \SpecialChar LyX Looks \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Like most applications, \SpecialChar LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of its window. Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons. There is of course a work area for editing documents complete with a vertical scrollbar. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar. This is not a bug or an oversight, it is intentional. When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the next line. Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for only a vertical scrollbar. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar. The first case is large images. To avoid images being displayed larger than your screen, left click on the image and use the option \family sans Scale on Screen \family default in the tab \family sans \SpecialChar LaTeX and \SpecialChar LyX options \family default . The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than the \SpecialChar LyX window. You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through both. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard For a brief description of all \SpecialChar LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look at Appendix \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "chap:The-User-Interface" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section HELP \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The help system consists of the \SpecialChar LyX manuals. You can read all of the manuals from inside \SpecialChar LyX . Just select the manual you want to read from the \family sans Help \family default menu. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Basic \SpecialChar LyX Setup \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Almost all features of \SpecialChar LyX can be configured via the menu \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences \family default . \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Preferences \end_layout \end_inset \SpecialChar LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, \SpecialChar LaTeX document classes, and \SpecialChar LaTeX packages are available. It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults for the preferences settings. Although this configuration was performed when \SpecialChar LyX was installed on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset new \SpecialChar LaTeX classes, which are not seen by \SpecialChar LyX . To force \SpecialChar LyX to re-inspect your system use \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Reconfigure \family default . \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Reconfiguration of \SpecialChar LyX \end_layout \end_inset Then restart \SpecialChar LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account. \end_layout \begin_layout Section \SpecialChar LaTeX Setup \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:LaTeX-Setup" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can edit documents in \SpecialChar LyX without having \SpecialChar LaTeX installed but you will not be able to create PDFs \change_deleted 5863208 1598122369 or print your documents \change_unchanged . \change_deleted 5863208 1598122520 Some \SpecialChar LyX documents use DocBook instead of \SpecialChar LaTeX as the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset backend \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset which can produce PDFs and the like. \change_unchanged Even without \SpecialChar LaTeX \change_deleted 5863208 1598122546 or Docbook \change_unchanged every \SpecialChar LyX document can still be output as plain text \change_inserted 5863208 1598122500 , as Docbook \change_unchanged or as XHTML. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Some document classes may depend upon specific \SpecialChar LaTeX \change_deleted 5863208 1598122571 or DocBook \change_unchanged classes or packages. Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \SpecialChar LaTeX packages that \SpecialChar LyX finds on your system are listed in a file you can view from the menu \family sans Help\SpecialChar menuseparator LaTeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Configuration \family default . If you are missing needed packages then you must install them and then reconfigure \SpecialChar LyX (menu \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Reconfigure \family default ). \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Reconfiguration of \SpecialChar LyX \end_layout \end_inset See section \emph on Installing new \SpecialChar LaTeX files \emph default in the \emph on Customization \emph default manual for more information on installing additional \SpecialChar LaTeX packages. \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter How to work with \SpecialChar LyX \end_layout \begin_layout Section Basic File Operations \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout File Operations \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Under the \family sans File \family default menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations common to any word processor as well as some more advanced operations: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans New, \family default \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "buffer-new" \end_inset or \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "buffer-new" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans New \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset from \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Template, \family default \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "buffer-new-template" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Open, \family default \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "file-open" \end_inset or \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "file-open" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Open \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Recent \change_inserted -712698321 1553352530 \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1553352546 \family sans Open \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Example \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Close, \family default \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "view-close" \end_inset \change_inserted -712698321 1553353355 \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1553353357 \family sans Close All \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Save, \family default \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "buffer-write" \end_inset or \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "buffer-write" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Save \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset As, \family default \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "buffer-write-as" \end_inset \change_inserted -712698321 1553352570 \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1553352997 \family sans Save \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset As \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Template \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Revert \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset to \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset saved \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Exit, \family default \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "lyx-quit" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard They all do pretty much the same thing as other word processors, with a few minor differences. The \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator New \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset from \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Template \family default command lists the available templates. Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features \change_inserted -712698321 1553353491 and possibly propose text fragments \change_unchanged for the document, features \change_inserted -712698321 1553353500 and text \change_unchanged you would otherwise need to \change_deleted -712698321 1553353510 change \change_inserted -712698321 1553353510 set \change_unchanged \change_inserted -712698321 1553353505 or enter \change_unchanged manually. They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Document-Classes" \end_inset ). \change_inserted -712698321 1553353657 You can also add your own templates to this list by means of storing a \SpecialChar LyX file with the \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Save As Template \family default function. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default There is no \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset default file \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset or document named \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Untitled \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset scratch. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset Unless you tell \SpecialChar LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big \change_deleted 5863208 1598174669 , \change_unchanged blank space \change_inserted 5863208 1598174681 on the screen \change_unchanged is just that — a big \change_deleted 5863208 1598174691 , \change_unchanged blank space. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans Revert \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset to \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset saved \family default and \family sans Version \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Control \family default are useful if \change_deleted 5863208 1598174707 more \change_inserted 5863208 1598174708 multiple \change_unchanged people work on the same document at the same time. \begin_inset Foot status open \begin_layout Plain Layout If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature in \SpecialChar LyX \change_deleted 5863208 1598174722 also \change_unchanged . \change_deleted 5863208 1598174782 Read Additional Features\SpecialChar endofsentence \change_inserted 5863208 1598174763 Refer to section \begin_inset Flex Emph status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 5863208 1598174763 Version Control in \SpecialChar LyX \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset in the \begin_inset Flex Emph status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 5863208 1598174763 Additional Features \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset help manual\SpecialChar endofsentence \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset \family sans Revert \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset to \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset saved \family default will reload the document from disk. You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document and want to restore it to the last save \change_inserted 5863208 1598174796 d version \change_unchanged . With \family sans Version \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Control \family default you can register the changes you made to a document so that others can identify them as your changes. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Basic Editing Features \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Editing \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Like most modern word processors, \SpecialChar LyX can perform cut and paste operations on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can delete whole words as well as individual characters. The next four sections cover the basic \SpecialChar LyX editing features and how to access them. We will start with cut and paste. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As you might expect, the \family sans Edit \family default menu and the standard toolbar have the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features. Some of these are special and covered in later sections. The basic ones are: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Cut \family default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Cut \end_layout \end_inset \family sans , \family default \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "cut" \end_inset or \family sans \family default \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "cut" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Copy \family default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Copy \end_layout \end_inset \family sans , \family default \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "copy" \end_inset or \family sans \family default \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "copy" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Paste \family default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Paste \end_layout \end_inset , \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paste" \end_inset or \family sans \family default \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "paste" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Paste \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Recent \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Paste \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Special \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Find \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset & \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Replace \family default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Find \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Replace \end_layout \end_inset \family sans , \family default \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv" \end_inset or \family sans \family default \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show findreplace" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The first three are self-explanatory. You can also copy text between \SpecialChar LyX and other programs using \family sans Cut \family default , \family sans Copy \family default and \family sans Paste \family default . \family sans Cut \family default and \family sans Copy \family default put two versions of text into the clipboard (formatted and unformatted) so that other programs can choose the most suitable form. \family sans Paste \family default supports formatted and unformatted text as well as graphics. It tries to interpret the clipboard contents in an intelligent way. For example if the clipboard contains text in a Comma Separated Values (CSV) format and the cursor is inside a table, the text will be pasted into individual cells. The submenu of \family sans Paste \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Recent \family default shows you a list of the last several strings you have pasted. You can insert one at the current cursor position by clicking on a list entry. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The submenu \family sans Paste \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Special \family default may also contain optional items for specific formats depending on the clipboard contents. Possible formats include HTML, \SpecialChar LaTeX , PDF, Linkback \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset PDF \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout OS X only \end_layout \end_inset , PNG, JPEG and EMF. These menu items are useful if the clipboard contains the same contents in different formats and you want to select one format explicitly. (E. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset some programs put an image into the clipboard as graphics and as a short text which is often meaningless.) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The menu item \family sans Paste \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Special\SpecialChar menuseparator Plain \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Text, \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Join \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Lines \family default is equivalent to \family sans Paste \family default with the only difference being that it acts on text only. It will paste the text in the clipboard such that the whole text selection is inserted as one paragraph. A new paragraph is only started where there is a blank line in the text. Without \family sans Join \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Lines, \family default line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph. This is useful when copying contents of tables from webpages to a table in \SpecialChar LyX . The items \family sans Paste \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Special\SpecialChar menuseparator Selection, \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Join \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Lines \family default and \family sans Paste \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Special\SpecialChar menuseparator Selection \family default paste from the primary selection. This is normally the currently selected text. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Find \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset & \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Replace \family default item opens the \family sans Find \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Replace \family default dialog. Once you have found a word or expression, \SpecialChar LyX selects it. Hitting the \family sans Replace \family default button replaces the selected text with the contents of the \family sans Replace \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset with \family default field. You can click the \family sans Find \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Next \family default button to skip the curren \change_inserted 5863208 1598126824 tly selec \change_unchanged t \change_inserted 5863208 1598126824 ed \change_unchanged word. Hit \family sans Replace \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset All \family default to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically. The \family sans Case \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset sensitive \family default option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search word. If the toggle is set, searching for \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter Test \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset will not match the word \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter test \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . The \family sans Match whole words only \family default option can be used to force \SpecialChar LyX to only find complete words, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \change_deleted 5863208 1598126824 , \change_unchanged searching for \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter star \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset will not match \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter starlet \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \SpecialChar LyX also offers an advanced \family sans Find \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset & \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Replace \family default feature that is described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Things like notes, floats, etc. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset (the so called \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset insets \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) can be dissolved. This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal text. Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an inset and pressing \family sans Backspace \family default or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing \family sans Delete \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Using the shortcut \begin_inset Info type "shortcuts" arg "inset-select-all" \end_inset while the cursor is in normal text selects the whole document. When the cursor is inside an inset \begin_inset Info type "shortcuts" arg "inset-select-all" \end_inset selects the content of the inset. Using \begin_inset Info type "shortcuts" arg "inset-select-all" \end_inset consecutively will increase the selection scope to the whole inset and then to the whole document. The shortcut \begin_inset Info type "shortcuts" arg "command-sequence buffer-begin ; buffer-end-select" \end_inset selects the whole document in every case and puts the cursor to the end of the document. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Undo and Redo \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Redo \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Undo \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Undo-and-Redo" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it. \SpecialChar LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer. Select \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Undo \family default or the toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "undo" \end_inset to undo a mistake. If you accidentally undo too much, use \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Redo \family default or the toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "redo" \end_inset to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset undo the undo. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset steps to minimize memory overhead. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted -131811572 1600338243 Note that if you undo all changes to arrive at the document as it was last saved, the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset changed \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset status of the document is unfortunately not reset. This is a consequence of the 100 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset step undo limit mentioned above. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans Undo \family default and \family sans Redo \family default work on almost everything in \SpecialChar LyX . However they will not undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks of text. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Mouse Operations \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Mouse Operations \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard These are the most basic mouse operations. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Motion \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize Click the \emph on left mouse button \emph default once anywhere in the edit window. The cursor moves to the text under the mouse. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate Selecting Text \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize Hold down the \emph on left mouse button \emph default and drag the mouse. \SpecialChar LyX highlights the text between the old and new mouse positions. Use \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Copy \family default to create a copy of the text in \SpecialChar LyX 's buffer (and the clipboard). \change_inserted 5863208 1598175891 You can also use the context menu triggered by right clicking on the selected text. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into \SpecialChar LyX using \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Paste \family default . \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.) \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard Right-click on them to set their properties. Check the appropriate section of this manual for more details. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Section Navigating \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Navigating" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Navigating \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize The \family sans Navigate \family default menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click to jump to the corresponding document part. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize The “Outline”, which is accessed either by the menu \family sans View\SpecialChar menuseparator Outline \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Pane \family default or by the toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-toggle toc" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize You can set bookmarks in your document under \family sans Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator Bookmarks \family default and use the same menu to return to them. Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "bookmark-goto 0" \end_inset (also \family sans Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator Bookmarks\SpecialChar menuseparator Navigate \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Back \family default ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something. This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled to another document part to look for something and want to go back to your last editing position. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard By pressing the \family sans F5 \family default key the cursor will be vertically centered in \SpecialChar LyX 's main window. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection The Outliner \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:The-Outliner" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Navigating ! Outline \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Outline \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window you can choose between several different lists including other TOC-like objects such as lists of tables and figures, footnotes, labels and cross-references (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Cross-References" \end_inset ), notes, or citations (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Bibliography" \end_inset ). Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In many cases right clicking on elements in the Outline opens a context menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements. For example with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation dialog and to modify the citation. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family sans Filter \family default field at the top allows you to filter which entries appear in the outline. For example, if you are displaying the list of \emph on Labels and References \emph default and wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset sub \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in the filter and only entries containing that text will be displayed. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard At the bottom of the outline are several buttons that allow you to further control the display. The \family sans Sort \family default option sorts the current list alphabetically. Otherwise the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the document. The \family sans Keep \family default option keeps it in the current view state. Keeping means that when you have the subsections of sections \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2 and 4 displayed and click on section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 3, the subsections of sections \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2 and 4 will still be displayed. Without the \family sans Keep \family default option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 3. Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset depth \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "reload" \end_inset button refreshes the TOC ( \change_deleted 5863208 1598126825 tho \change_inserted 5863208 1598176913 usef \change_unchanged u \change_deleted 5863208 1598126825 g \change_inserted 5863208 1598126825 l w \change_unchanged h \change_inserted 5863208 1598126825 ile \change_unchanged \change_inserted 5863208 1598126825 edi \change_unchanged t \change_deleted 5863208 1598126825 h \change_unchanged i \change_deleted 5863208 1598126825 s \change_inserted 5863208 1598126825 ng \change_unchanged \change_deleted 5863208 1598126825 sh \change_inserted 5863208 1598126825 if y \change_unchanged ou \change_deleted 5863208 1598126825 ld \change_inserted 5863208 1598126825 have \change_unchanged \change_inserted 5863208 1598126825 cha \change_unchanged n \change_deleted 5863208 1598126825 ot \change_inserted 5863208 1598126825 ged \change_unchanged \change_deleted 5863208 1598126825 u \change_unchanged s \change_deleted 5863208 1598126825 ually b \change_unchanged e \change_inserted 5863208 1598126825 ctions \change_unchanged \change_inserted 5863208 1598126825 i \change_unchanged n \change_inserted 5863208 1598126825 th \change_unchanged e \change_inserted 5863208 1598126825 do \change_unchanged c \change_inserted 5863208 1598126825 um \change_unchanged e \change_deleted 5863208 1598126825 ssary \change_inserted 5863208 1598126825 nt \change_unchanged ). Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections in your document. The \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "outline-down" \end_inset and \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "outline-up" \end_inset buttons move sections up and down in the document. For example, you can move section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2.5 before section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2.4 or after section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2.6. \SpecialChar LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order. With the buttons \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "outline-out" \end_inset and \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "outline-in" \end_inset (or the corresponding key bindings \family sans Tab \family default and \family sans Shift-Tab \family default ) you can change the level of sections. You can make section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2.5 chapter \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 3 or subsection \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2.4.1. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard By right-clicking on a section in the outliner you can select the whole section to copy, cut or delete it. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Horizontal Scrolling \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Navigating ! Horizontal Scrolling \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX does not have a horizontal scrollbar because standard output page formats such as ISO \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset A4 are not as wide as PC or laptop screens. Therefore you will have trouble with the output of your document if document parts exceed the width of the \SpecialChar LyX main screen. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are of course exceptions where horizontal scrolling is necessary. For example \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \SpecialChar LyX is used on a small tablet computer \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Wide tables that are rotated 90° to fit a whole page \begin_inset Foot status open \begin_layout Plain Layout See section \emph on Rotated Floats \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Math constructs with long command names \end_layout \begin_layout Standard For these cases \SpecialChar LyX has an mechanism that scrolls automatically when the cursor is moved. As an example shrink the \SpecialChar LyX window so that table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Horizontal-scrollong-test" \end_inset is wider. You will now see a dotted red line on the right and/or left side of the table. Put the cursor into the table and move it with the Tab or the arrow keys to see the horizontal scrolling of the table. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table placement h alignment document wide false sideways false status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Caption Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "tab:Horizontal-scrollong-test" \end_inset Horizontal scrolling test. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout a \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout b \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout c \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Section Input/Word Completion \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Input-Completion" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Input completion \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Word completion|see \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout { \end_layout \end_inset Input completion \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently opened. Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that is used to propose completions. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Input completion can be activated in the \SpecialChar LyX preferences (menu \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences \family default ) in the section \family sans Editing\SpecialChar menuseparator Input Completion \family default . With the option \family sans Automatic \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset inline \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset completion \family default the proposed completion is shown directly after the cursor. With the option \family sans Automatic \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset popup \family default the completions are always shown in a popup. The cursor completion indicator can be turned off by deselecting the option \family sans Cursor \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset indicator \family default . With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and popup completion, you can set the minimal number of characters a word must have that it will be taken into account for a completion and you can choose if long completions should be abbreviated. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX displays a small triangle after the cursor as an indicator that there are completions available. Press the \family sans Tab \family default key to accept a proposed completion. If several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them. You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys \change_deleted 5863208 1598126826 , \change_unchanged and accept the chosen completion by pressing \family sans Return \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The completion options for math in the preferences do the same as the correspond ing options for text. \change_inserted -563046850 1560340017 Additionally, \change_deleted -563046850 1560340019 T \change_inserted -563046850 1560340019 t \change_unchanged he special math option \family sans Autocorrection \family default enables characters to be composed. \change_deleted 5863208 1598180192 If, f \change_inserted 5863208 1598180192 F \change_unchanged or example, \change_inserted 5863208 1598180208 if \change_unchanged you want to insert the character \begin_inset Formula $\Rightarrow$ \end_inset , you can \change_deleted 5863208 1598180217 then \change_unchanged input the characters \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \series bold => \series default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \change_deleted 5863208 1598180228 to \change_inserted 5863208 1598180229 in \change_unchanged a formula to \change_deleted 5863208 1598180234 get \change_inserted 5863208 1598180235 create \change_unchanged it. \change_deleted 5863208 1598180245 So t \change_inserted 5863208 1598180246 T \change_unchanged his is a quick alternative to the insertion of commands or the use of the math toolbar. A list \change_deleted 5863208 1598180267 with \change_inserted 5863208 1598180267 of \change_unchanged supported character combinations can be found in the file \family typewriter autocorrect \family default \change_deleted 5863208 1598180288 that is \change_inserted 5863208 1598180288 located \change_unchanged in \SpecialChar LyX 's installation folder. \change_deleted -563046850 1560340086 Math autocorrection can at any time be turned on by pressing the exclamation mark key “!”. Pressing \family sans Space \family default turns it off. \change_inserted -563046850 1560340324 Note that using \family sans Undo \family default after autocorrection has done its magic leaves the un-corrected sequence. In the example above, \family sans Undo \family default leads to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \series bold => \series default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , and a second \family sans Undo \family default yields \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \series bold = \series default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Section Basic Key Bindings \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Key Bindings \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Bindings|see \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout { \end_layout \end_inset Key Bindings \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Shortcuts|see \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout { \end_layout \end_inset Key Bindings \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are at least two different primary binding maps: \family typewriter cua \family default and \family typewriter emacs \family default . \SpecialChar LyX 's default is \family typewriter cua \family default , which can be changed in the \SpecialChar LyX preferences under \family sans Editing\SpecialChar menuseparator Shortcuts \family default . (You can list or change any key bindings as explained in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Editing-Shortcuts" \end_inset .) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Some keys, like \family sans Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Up \family default , \family sans Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Down \family default , \family sans Left \family default , \family sans Right \family default , \family sans Up \family default and \family sans Down \family default , do exactly what you expect them to do. Other keys don't: \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Tab \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature LatexCommand nomenclature symbol "Tab" description "Tabulator key" literal "false" \end_inset \family default There is no such thing as a tab stop in \SpecialChar LyX . If you do not understand this, go read sections \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Par-indent-intro" \end_inset and \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments" \end_inset , especially section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Lists" \end_inset , right now. Yes, right now. If you are still confused, look in the \emph on Tutorial \emph default . \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset In \SpecialChar LyX the \family sans Tab \family default key is only used to accept proposed input completions, to move the cursor in tables or math matrices or to change the nesting level in Itemize or Enumerate. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Esc \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature LatexCommand nomenclature symbol "Esc" description "Escape key" literal "false" \end_inset \family default This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset cancel key. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset It is used, generically, to cancel operations. Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Home/End \family default These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line, unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning or end of the file. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are three modifier keys: \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Control \family default (Denoted by \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans Ctrl \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature LatexCommand nomenclature symbol "Ctrl" description "Control key" literal "false" \end_inset in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses depending on which keys it is used in combination with: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Backspace \family default or \family sans Delete \family default , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Left \family default and \family sans Right \family default , it moves by words instead of characters. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Home \family default and \family sans End \family default , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Shift \family default (Denoted by \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans Shift \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature LatexCommand nomenclature symbol "Shift" description "Shift key" literal "false" \end_inset in the documentation files) Use this with any of the arrow keys to select the text between the old and new cursor positions. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Alt \family default (Denoted by \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans Alt \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature LatexCommand nomenclature symbol "Alt" description "Alt or Meta key" literal "false" \end_inset in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless your keyboard has a distinct Meta key. If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs the \family sans Alt+ \family default function. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset This key does many different things, but it also activates the \emph on menu accelerator keys \emph default . If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a menu or menu item, it selects that menu item. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard For example, the sequence \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans Alt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset e \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset s \family default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \family sans c \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset brings up the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Text Style \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset dialog. Typing \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans Alt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset f \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset opens the \family sans File \family default menu. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \emph on Shortcuts \emph default manual lists all other things bound to the \family sans Alt \family default key. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard You will learn more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use \SpecialChar LyX because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the bottom of \SpecialChar LyX 's main window describing the name of the action you have just triggered and any existing key bindings for that action. \SpecialChar LyX menus also list the defined key bindings. The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used in this documentation so you should not have any problems understanding it. However notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans Alt+P Shift+A \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset means \family sans Alt+P \family default followed by a capital \family sans A \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter \SpecialChar LyX Basics \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LyX ! Basics \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Section Document Types \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Types \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you need to decide what type of document you want to edit. Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings, numbering schemes, and so on. Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments, and format the title of your document differently. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A \emph on document class \emph default describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents. By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties, making it easier to create the type of document you want. If you don't choose a document class, \SpecialChar LyX picks one for you by default. So it is up to you to change the class of your document. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Document Classes \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Classes \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Document-Classes" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can select a class using the \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Document Class \family default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Settings \end_layout \end_inset dialog. Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options you may need. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Overview \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are four standard document classes in \SpecialChar LyX . They are: \end_layout \begin_layout Description Article for basic articles \end_layout \begin_layout Description Report for basic reports \end_layout \begin_layout Description Book for writing a book \end_layout \begin_layout Description Letter for US-style letters \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are also some non-standard classes, which \SpecialChar LyX only uses if you have installed the corresponding \SpecialChar LaTeX class files, though most \SpecialChar LaTeX distributions will include many of these. Here are some of the classes. The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter \emph on Special Document Classes \emph default in the \emph on Additional Features \emph default manual: \end_layout \begin_layout Description A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics \end_layout \begin_layout Description ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry Society \end_layout \begin_layout Description AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical Union \end_layout \begin_layout Description AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American Mathematical Society (AMS). There are three article layouts available. The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that prepends the section number to the number of the result. All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence. The \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset sequential numbering \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers them throughout the article in a single sequence. Each type of result gets its own sequence. There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Beamer Layout for presentations \end_layout \begin_layout Description Broadway Layout for writing plays. It is not an existing \SpecialChar LaTeX document class, but a new one that is distributed with \SpecialChar LyX . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Chess Layout to write about chess games \end_layout \begin_layout Description Curriculum \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset vitae classes to create curriculum vitae \end_layout \begin_layout Description Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group \end_layout \begin_layout Description Foils Used to make transparencies \end_layout \begin_layout Description Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry. It is not an existing \SpecialChar LaTeX document class, but a new one that is distributed with \SpecialChar LyX . \end_layout \begin_layout Description IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) \end_layout \begin_layout Description IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group \end_layout \begin_layout Description Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group \end_layout \begin_layout Description KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc. (Is used by this document.) \end_layout \begin_layout Description Memoir another replacement for the standard classes \end_layout \begin_layout Description Powerdot Layout for presentations \end_layout \begin_layout Description REV \family sans TeX \family default is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society of America (OSA). This class is not completely compatible with all \SpecialChar LyX features. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Slides Used to make transparencies \end_layout \begin_layout Description SPIE \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society for Optical Engineering (SPIE) \end_layout \begin_layout Description Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group \end_layout \begin_layout Standard We will not go into detail about how to use these different document classes here. You can find details about the non-standard classes in chapter \emph on Special Document Classes \emph default of the \emph on Additional Features \emph default manual. Here, we will settle for a list of some of the common properties of all of the document classes. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Availability \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Document Class \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Settings \end_layout \end_inset \family default are marked as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Unavailable \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are not installed. So it may seem that something is wrong. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Nothing is wrong. \SpecialChar LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use, and some of them, like \family sans IOP \family default , are highly specialized. \SpecialChar LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible, and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing number. No \SpecialChar LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed by some document class. There are just too many of them. That is why some of the document classes are unavailable. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Unavailable \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , you just need to install the appropriate package files. The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that document class for a new file. \SpecialChar LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files. See section \emph on Installing new \SpecialChar LaTeX files \emph default in of the \emph on Customization \emph default manual for information on how to install them. \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Although \SpecialChar LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it does not include support for every document class people might want to use. For example, many universities provide \SpecialChar LaTeX class files to be used for dissertation s submitted to those universities. The \SpecialChar LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these. There are too many. Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have done so. Chapter \emph on Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates \emph default of the \emph on Customization \emph default manual contains information on how to create layout files. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Modules \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Modules" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Modules \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the chosen document class. For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document. This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond ing module in the \family sans Modules \family default section of the \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Settings \end_layout \end_inset dialog. Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what it does. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Some modules require \SpecialChar LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not always installed by default. \SpecialChar LyX will warn you if you do not have a required package or converter, and it will tell you what exactly you are missing. You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not be able to export to PDF or print your document, since \SpecialChar LyX will not be able to compile the \SpecialChar LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites. If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure \SpecialChar LyX by selecting \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Reconfigure \family default . \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Reconfiguration of \SpecialChar LyX \end_layout \end_inset See sectio \change_deleted 5863208 1598126826 n Installing \change_unchanged n \change_deleted 5863208 1598126829 ew \change_unchanged \change_inserted 5863208 1598126829 \emph on Installing new \change_unchanged \emph default \SpecialChar LaTeX \change_deleted 5863208 1598126829 files \change_inserted 5863208 1598126829 \emph on files \change_unchanged \emph default of the \emph on Customization \emph default manual for more information on installing required packages. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible. \SpecialChar LyX will advise you about these things. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Local Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Local-Layout" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Local Layout \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Modules are to \SpecialChar LyX much as packages are to \SpecialChar LaTeX : They are intended to be used in a variety of different documents. If you often find yourself needing the same sort of thing in different documents, you should consider writing a module for this purpose. Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, but you need a specific inset or \change_deleted -712698321 1525757388 character \change_inserted 5863208 1598182122 text \change_unchanged style only that one time. You want something that is like a document's own \SpecialChar LaTeX preamble. What you want is \SpecialChar LyX 's \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Local Layout \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . See section \emph on Local Layout \emph default of the \emph on Customization \emph default manual for information on how to use it. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Properties \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Each class has a default set of options. Here's a quick table describing them: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Page style \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Sides \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Columns \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Max. sectioning level \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none article \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Plain \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none One \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none One \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Section \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none report \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Plain \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none One \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none One \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Chapter \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none book \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Headings \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Two \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none One \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Chapter \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none letter \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Plain \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none One \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none One \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none none \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You're probably also wondering what \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Max. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset sectioning level \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset means. There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings. Different document classes allow different types of section headings. Only two use the \family sans Chapter \family default heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the \family sans Section \family default heading. Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section headings. In addition to \family sans Chapter \family default and \family sans Section \family default headings, there are also \family sans Subsection \family default headings, \family sans Subsubsection \family default headings, and so on. We will describe these headings fully in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Headings" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Document Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Document-Layout" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Settings \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The most important properties of document classes are set in the menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default . There in the \family sans Class \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset options \family default field under \family sans Documents \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Class \family default , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated list. This is only necessary if \SpecialChar LyX doesn't support special options you want to use for your document. To learn more about your favorite \SpecialChar LaTeX -class and its options, you have to read its manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The drop box \change_deleted -712698321 1597235163 \family sans Headings \change_inserted 5863208 1598182166 Page \change_unchanged \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset style \family default in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default dialog under \family sans Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Layout \family default controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page. You can choose between the following five options: \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Default \family default Use default page style of current class. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans empty \family default No page numbers or headings. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans plain \family default Page numbers only. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans headings \family default Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number. Whether \SpecialChar LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on the maximum sectioning level of the class. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans fancy \family default This allows you to define fully customizable headers and footers if you have the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold fancyhdr \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! fancyhdr \end_layout \end_inset installed. How they are defined is explained in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The separation of paragraphs is described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Paragraph-Separation" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Paper Size and Orientation \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Paper size \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Paper-Size,-Orientation" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can find the following options in the menu \family sans Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Layout \family default of the \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default dialog: \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Settings \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Paper \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Format \family default What size paper to print on. The choices are \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Default \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans A0 – A6 \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans B0 – B6 \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans C0 – C6 \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans US letter, US legal, US executive \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans JIS B0 – JIS B6 \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Custom \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Orientation \family default To choose whether to output as \family sans Landscape \family default or as \family sans Portrait \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Two-sided \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset document \family default Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper. That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Margins \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Margins" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Margins \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Margins \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Paper margins are set in the menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default . \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Settings \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings because KOMA-Script calculates the print space automatically by taking the paper format and the font size into account. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Important Note \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you change a document class, \SpecialChar LyX has to convert everything into the new class. That includes the paragraph environments. Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments. If this is the case, and you change the document class, \SpecialChar LyX will mark the paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset unknown \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to the old class. But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you will either need to create a new style yourself or else convert these paragraph s manually to a style present in your new document class. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Paragraph Indentation and Separation \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Paragraph ! Indentation \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Introduction \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Par-indent-intro" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to say a word or two about paragraph indentation. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs. Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph. Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs. If you choose indentation for paragraphs the \emph on first \emph default paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list, etc., is \emph on not \emph default indented. Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented. Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document language than English. \SpecialChar LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the language used. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings and text — in fact, all the spacing for just about everything —is pre-coded into \SpecialChar LyX . As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what. \SpecialChar LyX takes care of that. In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a range. That way, \SpecialChar LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom of a page, and so on. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX does this when \SpecialChar LyX goes to produce a printable file. \end_layout \end_inset However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them. \SpecialChar LyX gives you the ability globally to change \emph on all \emph default these pre-coded spacings. We will explain more later. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Paragraph Separation \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Paragraph-Separation" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Paragraph ! Separation \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Select \family sans Indentation \family default or \family sans Vertical \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset space \family default in the submenu \family sans Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Layout \family default of the dialog \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Settings \end_layout \end_inset to indent paragraphs or to add extra space between paragraphs, respectively. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Fine-Tuning \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph. Open the \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Paragraph \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Settings \family default dialog and toggle the \family sans Indent \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Paragraph \family default option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle" \end_inset ). If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling this). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph if you need to do some fine-tuning. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Line Spacing \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Paragraph ! Line spacing \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In the \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \noun on \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Settings \end_layout \end_inset \family default \noun default dialog you can set the line spacing for the whole document in the submenu \family sans Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Layout \family default . \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout You need to have the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold setspace \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! setspace \end_layout \end_inset installed to use this feature. \end_layout \end_inset You can set it for a single paragraph in the \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Paragraph \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Settings \family default dialog but this should be used very exceptionally because vertical spacing is normally defined in the environment's style. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Paragraph Environments \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Paragraph-Environments" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Paragraph ! Environments \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Paragraph environments|( \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Overview \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Paragraph environments correspond to the \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \backslash begin{ \emph on environment \emph default } \SpecialChar ldots \backslash end{ \emph on environment \emph default } \series default \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset command sequence in \SpecialChar LaTeX files. If you don't know \SpecialChar LaTeX , or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally alien to you, we urge you to read the \emph on Tutorial \emph default . The \emph on Tutorial \emph default also contains many more examples than this section does. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A paragraph environment is simply a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset container \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties. This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering scheme, labels, and so on. Additionally, you can \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset nest \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment to inherit some of the properties of another. The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hangovers from the days of typewriters. There are several paragraph environments that are specific to a particular document type. We will only be covering the most common ones here. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box \begin_inset Graphics filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png scale 70 clip \end_inset at the left end of the toolbar. \SpecialChar LyX will change the environment of the \emph on entire \emph default paragraph in which the cursor sits. You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if you select them before choosing the new environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Note that entering \family sans Return \family default will \emph on typically \emph default create a new paragraph using the \family sans Standard \family default paragraph environment. We say \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset typically \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset because if you are in one of these environments: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Quote \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Quotation \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Verse \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Itemize \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Enumerate \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Description \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans List \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you enter \family sans Return \family default , rather than resetting it to \family sans Standard \family default . Also the nesting depth is preserved (for more on nesting see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Nesting" \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Standard \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The default paragraph environment is \family sans Standard \family default for most classes. It creates a plain paragraph. If \SpecialChar LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses. In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in this manual) are in the \family sans Standard \family default environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can nest a paragraph using the \family sans Standard \family default environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything in a \family sans Standard \family default environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Document Title \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Title \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A \SpecialChar LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the author(s) and a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset footnote \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset for thanks or contact information. For certain types of documents, \SpecialChar LaTeX places all of this on a separate page along with today's date. For other types of documents, the title \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset page \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset goes at the top of the first page of the document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph environments \family sans Title \family default , \family sans Author \family default , and \family sans Date \family default . Here's how you use them: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Put the title of your document in the \family sans Title \family default environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Put the author name in the \family sans Author \family default environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date, or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in the \family sans Date \family default environment. Note that using this environment is optional. If you don't provide any, \SpecialChar LaTeX will automatically insert today's date. If you don't want a date, use the option \family sans Suppress default date on front page \family default in the menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Document \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset class \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can use footnotes to insert \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset thanks \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset or contact information. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Headings \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Section headings \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Headings" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings. \SpecialChar LyX takes care of the numbering for you. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Numbered Headings \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Section headings ! Numbered \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are 7 numbered types of section headings. They are: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \family sans Part \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \family sans Chapter \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \family sans Section \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \family sans Subsection \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \family sans Subsubsection \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \family sans Paragraph \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \family sans Subparagraph \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods. The numbers describe where in the document you are. Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with \change_inserted 5863208 1598182388 Roman numerals \change_deleted 5863208 1598182398 \change_deleted -131811572 1596358192 Latin letters \change_unchanged . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text. For example, suppose you're writing a book. You group the book into chapters. \SpecialChar LyX does a similar grouping: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Part \family default is divided into either \family sans Chapter \family default s or \family sans Section \family default s \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Chapter \family default s are divided into \family sans Section \family default s \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Section \family default s are divided into \family sans Subsection \family default s \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Subsection \family default s are divided into \family sans Subsubsection \family default s \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Subsubsection \family default s are divided into \family sans Paragraph \family default s \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Paragraph \family default s are divided into \family sans Subparagraph \family default s \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default Not all document types use the \family sans Chapter \family default heading as the maximum sectioning level. In that case the \family sans Section \family default is the top-level heading. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard So, if you use the \family sans Subsubsection \family default environment to label a new sub-subsection, \SpecialChar LyX labels it with its number, along with the number of the subsection, section and, if applicable, chapter that it's in. For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the label \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset 2.5 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Unnumbered Headings \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Section headings ! Unnumbered \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The unnumbered section headings have a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset * \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset at the end of their name. They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in the table of contents, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:toc" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Changing the Numbering \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Numbering-depth" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear in the Table of Contents. Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document class. Just as certain classes start with \family sans Chapter \family default and go down to the \family sans Subparagraph \family default level. Others start at \family sans Section \family default . Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels. Most don't number \family sans Paragraph \family default or \family sans Subparagraph \family default . This is something you can change. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Open the \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default dialog. \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Settings \end_layout \end_inset Under \family sans Numbering \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset & \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset TOC \family default you will see two counters. The one named \family sans Numbering \family default controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy \SpecialChar LyX numbers a section heading. The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table of contents. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Short Titles of Headings \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Section headings ! Short titles \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Argument 1 status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Short Titles \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Short-Titles" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long. This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space. For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings. This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents, avoiding the problem mentioned. To specify a short title, set the cursor behind the title and use the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Short \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Title \family default . This will insert a box labeled \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Short \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Title \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset which you can use to enter the short title text. This also works for captions inside floats. There can only be one short title per title. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The title of this section is a good example of using this feature. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Special Information \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The following information applies to all section headings: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize You cannot do any nesting with these environments. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize You can only use inline math in these environments. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Quotes and Poetry \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations. They are \family sans Quote \family default , \family sans Quotation \family default , and \family sans Verse \family default . Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins. These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in. They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below the text they contain. They also allow nesting, so you can put a \family sans Verse \family default in a \family sans Quotation \family default , as well as in some other paragraph environments. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do \emph on not \emph default reset to \family sans Standard \family default when you start a new paragraph. So, you can type in that poem and merrily enter \family sans Return \family default without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you. Of course, that means that, once you are done typing in that poem, you have to change back to the \family sans Standard \family default environment yourself. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Quote and Quotation \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Quote" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Quotation \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's time for the differences. \family sans Quote \family default and \family sans Quotation \family default are identical except for one difference: \family sans Quote \family default uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line. \family sans Quotation \family default \emph on always \emph default indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here's an example of the \family sans Quote \family default environment: \end_layout \begin_layout Quote This is in the \family sans Quote \family default environment. I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it wraps. See – no indentation! \end_layout \begin_layout Quote Here's the second paragraph of this quote. Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and the other paragraph. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here's another example, this time in the \family sans Quotation \family default environment: \end_layout \begin_layout Quotation This is in the \family sans Quotation \family default environment. If I keep writing, you will see the indentation. If your country uses a writing style that indicates new paragraphs by indenting the first line, then \family sans Quotation \family default is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it \emph on if \emph default you were quoting other text. \end_layout \begin_layout Quotation Here's a new paragraph. I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time. If I did that, though, you'd get bored. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As the examples show, \family sans Quote \family default is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs. They should put quotes in the \family sans Quote \family default environment. Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the \family sans Quotation \family default paragraph environment for quoted text. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Verse \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Paragraph ! Verse \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Poetry \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Verse" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans Verse \family default is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on. Here's an example: \end_layout \begin_layout Verse This is in Verse \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Which I did not rehearse! \end_layout \begin_layout Verse It could be much worse. This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps around. It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are indented a bit more than the first. Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore. So sue me. \end_layout \begin_layout Verse To break a line \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset And make things look fine \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Use \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As you can see, \family sans Verse \family default does not indent both margins. Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph. To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the shortcut \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Lists \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Lists \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Lists" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds of lists. In the \family sans Itemize \family default and \family sans Enumerate \family default environments, \SpecialChar LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively. In the \family sans Description \family default and \family sans List \family default environments, \SpecialChar LyX lets you provide your own label. We will present the individual details of each type of list next after describing some general features of all four of them. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection General Features \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments in several ways. First, \SpecialChar LyX treats each paragraph as a list item. Hitting \family sans Return \family default does \emph on not \emph default reset the environment to \family sans Standard \family default but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item. The nesting depth is thereby kept. If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting depth, you can use \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset . If you do this at the top level of a list, it returns you to the \family sans Standard \family default environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can nest lists of any type inside one another. In fact, \SpecialChar LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it is nested. If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest you read all of section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Nesting" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Itemize \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Lists ! Itemize \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Itemize" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The first type of list we will describe in detail is the \family sans Itemize \family default paragraph environment. It has the following properties: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \SpecialChar LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize The items can have any length. \SpecialChar LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item. The offset is always relative to whatever environment the \family sans Itemize \family default list may be in. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize If you nest an \family sans Itemize \family default environment inside another \family sans Itemize \family default environment, the label changes to a new symbol. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \SpecialChar LyX always shows the same symbol on screen. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize See section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Nesting" \end_inset for a full explanation of nesting. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard Of course, that explanation was also an example of an \family sans Itemize \family default list. The \family sans Itemize \family default environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard We said that different levels use different symbols as their label. Here's an example of all four possible symbols. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize The label for the first level \family sans Itemize \family default is a large black dot, or bullet. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize The label for the second level is a dash. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize The label for the third is an asterisk. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize The label for the fourth is a centered dot. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize Back out to the third level. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize Back to the second level. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize Back to the outermost level. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard These are the default labels for an \family sans Itemize \family default list. You can customize how these labels are displayed in the output in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default dialog in the submenu \family sans Bullets \family default . \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Settings \end_layout \end_inset These customizations are not displayed in \SpecialChar LyX . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth. We will explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Nesting" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Enumerate \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Lists ! Enumerate \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Enumerate" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family sans Enumerate \family default environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines. It has these properties: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Each item has a numeral as its label. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate The label type depends on the nesting depth. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate \SpecialChar LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Each new \family sans Enumerate \family default environment resets the counter to one. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Like the \family sans Itemize \family default environment, the \family sans Enumerate \family default environment: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate Offsets the items relative to the left margin. Items can have any length. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Allows up to a four-fold nesting. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard Unlike the \family sans Itemize \family default environment, \family sans Enumerate \family default shows the different labels for each item in \SpecialChar LyX . Here is how \SpecialChar LyX labels the four different levels in an \family sans Enumerate \family default : \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate The first level of an \family sans Enumerate \family default uses Arabic numerals followed by a period. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth increases. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate Back to the third level \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate Back to the second level. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate Back to the outermost level. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can customize the type of numbering used in the \family sans Enumerate \family default environment, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Customized-Lists" \end_inset . Such customization only shows up in the printed version, not in \SpecialChar LyX . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There is more to nesting \family sans Enumerate \family default environments than we've stated here. You should read section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Nesting" \end_inset to learn more about nesting. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Description \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Lists ! Description \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Unlike the previous two environments, the \family sans Description \family default list has no fixed label. Instead, \SpecialChar LyX uses the first \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset word \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset of the first line as the label. Here's an example: \end_layout \begin_layout Description Example: This is an example of the \family sans Description \family default environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the rest of the line. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard With the first \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset word \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset it is meant that the first usage of the \family sans Space \family default key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an item. If you need to use more than one word in a label use a \family sans Protected Space \family default . (Use either \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "command-alternatives math-space ; space-insert protected" \end_inset or the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator Protected \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space \family default ; see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Protected-Space" \end_inset for more information.) Here is an example: \end_layout \begin_layout Description Second \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Example: This one shows how to use a \family sans Protected \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space \family default in the label of a \family sans Description \family default list item. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Usage: You should use the \family sans Description \family default environment for things like definitions and theorems. Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text that describes it. It's not a good idea to use a \family sans Description \family default environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe. You're better off using \family sans Itemize \family default or \family sans Enumerate \family default and nesting several \family sans Standard \family default paragraphs into them. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Nesting: You can nest \family sans Description \family default environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and so on. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Notice that after the first line, \SpecialChar LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting them from the first line. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Labeling \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Lists ! Labeling \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family sans Labeling \family default environment is a \SpecialChar LyX extension to \SpecialChar LaTeX . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Like the \family sans Description \family default list the \family sans Labeling \family default list has user-defined labels for each list item but it provides some additional features. Here are its properties: \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 item \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset labels \SpecialChar LyX uses the first \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset word \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset of each line as the item label. The first \family sans Space \family default after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label. If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected space as described above. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 margins As you can see, \SpecialChar LyX uses different margins for the item label and the body of the item text. The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default label width plus a little extra space. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 label \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset width \SpecialChar LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is larger. If the label width is larger, the label \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset extends \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset into the first line. In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left margin of the rest of the item text. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all items in a \family sans Labeling \family default environment has the same left margin. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset To change the default width, select all items in the list. Now open the \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Paragraph \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Settings \family default dialog (toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "layout-paragraph" \end_inset ). The text in the box \family sans Longest \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset label \family default determines the default label width. You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the letter \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset M \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset multiple times instead. M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in \SpecialChar LaTeX . By using \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset M \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of \family sans Longest \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset label \family default every time you alter a label in a \family sans List \family default environment. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset The predefined default width is the length of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset 00.00.0000 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (equal to 6 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset M). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You should use the \family sans Labeling \family default list the same way as the \family sans Description \family default list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes it. The \family sans Labeling \family default environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall layout. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can nest \family sans Labeling \family default lists inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and so on. They work just like the other list paragraph environments. Read section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Nesting" \end_inset to learn about nesting. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There is yet another feature of the \family sans Labeling \family default list: As you can see in the examples, \SpecialChar LyX left-justifies the item labels by default. You can use additional \family sans HFills \family default to change how \SpecialChar LyX justifies the item label. \family sans Hfills \family default are documented in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Horizontal-Space" \end_inset . Here are some examples: \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 Left The default for \family sans Labeling \family default item labels. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset Right One \family sans HFill \family default at the beginning of the label right justifies it. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset Center \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset One \family sans HFill \family default at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Customized Lists \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Customized-Lists" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Lists ! Customized \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The features described in this section require that the module \family sans Customisable Lists (enumitem) \family default is loaded in the document settings. The module uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold enumitem \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! enumitem \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Custom Enumerate Lists \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional argument (menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Enumerate Options \family default ) to the first item of each level in the list. There you add the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold label= \backslash roman{enumi} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard in \SpecialChar TeX Code (shortcut \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "ert-insert" \end_inset ). \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout For more about \SpecialChar TeX Code, look at section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:TeX-Code" \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset \emph on enumi \emph default is hereby the first level counter of the enumeration. The command \series bold \backslash roman \series default outputs the counter as a small Roman numeral. For capital Roman numerals replace \series bold \backslash roman \series default with \series bold \backslash Roman \series default in the command above. For Arabic numerals use \series bold \backslash arabic \series default . To \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset number \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset items with capital or small Latin letters use \series bold \backslash Alph \series default or \series bold \backslash alph \series default , respectively. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default You can only number 26 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here is a list with custom numbering: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Argument 1 status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout label= \backslash # \backslash Alph{enumi} \backslash # \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset Level 1 \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Argument 1 status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout label= \backslash Alph{enumi}. \backslash arabic{enumii} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset Level 2 \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Level 2 \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Argument 1 status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout label= \backslash bfseries{ \backslash arabic{enumiii}} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset Level 3 \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Argument 1 status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout label= \backslash emph{ \backslash roman{enumiv})} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset Level 4 \end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard For this list these commands were used: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent \series bold label= \backslash # \backslash Alph{enumi} \backslash # \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset label= \backslash Alph{enumi}. \backslash arabic{enumii} \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset label= \backslash bfseries{ \backslash arabic{enumiii}} \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset label= \backslash emph{ \backslash roman{enumiv})} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard where the command \series bold \backslash emph{} \series default makes the label emphasized and \series bold \backslash bfseries{} \series default makes it bold. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default When you change the label of a list level, it will be used for all following lists until you change the definition. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Resumed Enumeration \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Argument 1 status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout label= \backslash arabic{enumi}. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset first \begin_inset Note Note status open \begin_layout Plain Layout goes back to default numbering \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate second \end_layout \begin_layout Standard regular text \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate-Resume resumed \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To resume an enumeration, use the style \family sans Enumerate-Resume \family default . Its numbering appears in blue within \SpecialChar LyX to indicate that it is a resumed list and that the numbering will not be correct in \SpecialChar LyX , but in the output. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a \SpecialChar LaTeX error. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number from the next one. Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number. This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item of a normal enumeration. There, insert the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold start=number \end_layout \begin_layout Standard where \emph on number \emph default is the number with which you want to resume the list. An example: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate first item \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate second item \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Enumeration starting at a given value: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Argument 1 status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout start=4 \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset This enumeration starts at 4 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection List Spacing \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Lists ! Spacing \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items of a list. For example if the default space is too much in your opinion in this case: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize A bullet list \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize with standard spacing \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item of the list. Add there the command \series bold nolistsep \series default to get no additional list space like in this example: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Argument 1 status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout nolistsep \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset A bullet list \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize without additional \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize vertical space \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To add space you can use several other commands provided by the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold enumitem \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! enumitem \end_layout \end_inset . For more information see its documentation, \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "enumitem" literal "true" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing and indentation. Here is an example where the indentation was changed to that of the paragraphs in the document and the label separation was set to 2 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm so that the number is in the page margin: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Argument 1 status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout labelindent= \backslash parindent, labelsep=2cm \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset An enumeration \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate with negative indentation \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Further Customization \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Lists ! Customization \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can also change the style of description lists. The command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold font=definition \end_layout \begin_layout Standard changes the description label font, the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold style=definition \end_layout \begin_layout Standard sets the list style. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard An example where the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold font= \backslash itshape, style=nextline \end_layout \begin_layout Standard is used: \end_layout \begin_layout Description Ionizing \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset radiation: \begin_inset Argument 1 status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font= \backslash itshape, style=nextline \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore ionizing them. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Reference \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an object, block of memory, disk space or other resource. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are many more commands and features provided by the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold enumitem \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! enumitem \end_layout \end_inset . For more information see its documentation \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "enumitem" literal "true" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Letters \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Letters \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Address and Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address: An Overview \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Although \SpecialChar LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph environments called \family sans Address \family default and \family sans Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address \family default . To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments in a specific order, otherwise \SpecialChar LaTeX gags on the document. In contrast, you can use the \family sans Address \family default and \family sans Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address \family default paragraph environments anywhere with no problem. You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest anything in them. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Of course, you're not limited to using \family sans Address \family default and \family sans Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address \family default for letters only. \family sans Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address \family default , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in some European academic papers. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Usage \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Address-Usage" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family sans Address \family default environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used for the opening and signature in some countries. Similarly, the \family sans Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address \family default environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries. Here's an example of each: \end_layout \begin_layout Right Address Right Address \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Who I am \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Where I am \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset When is it? What is today? \end_layout \begin_layout Standard That was \family sans Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address \family default . Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which \SpecialChar LyX sets to fit the largest block of text on a single line. Here's an example of the \family sans Address \family default environment: \end_layout \begin_layout Address Who are you \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Where do I send this \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Your post office and country \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As you can see, both \family sans Address \family default and \family sans Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address \family default add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph. If you enter \family sans Return \family default in either of these environments, \SpecialChar LyX resets the nesting depth and sets the environment to \family sans Standard \family default . This makes sense, since \family sans Return \family default is the \family typewriter paragraph-break \family default function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs. Thus, you have to use \family typewriter break-line \family default ( \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset or \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator Ragged \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Line \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Break \family default ) to start a new line in an \family sans Address \family default or \family sans Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address \family default environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Academic Writing \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography or list of references. \SpecialChar LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Abstract \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Abstracts \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family sans Abstract \family default environment is used for the abstract of an article. Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title. Also, don't bother trying to nest \family sans Abstract \family default in anything else or vice versa. It will not work. The \family sans Abstract \family default environment is only useful in the article and report document classes. The book document classes ignores the \family sans Abstract \family default completely, and it's utterly silly to use \family sans Abstract \family default in a letter document class. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family sans Abstract \family default environment does several things for you. First, it puts the centered label \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Abstract \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset above the text. The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical space. Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect. Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and the subsequent text. Well, that's how it will appear on the \SpecialChar LyX screen. The actual appearance in the output depends on the document class you are using. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Starting a new paragraph by entering \family sans Return \family default does not reset the paragraph environment. The new paragraph will still be in the \family sans Abstract \family default environment. So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you finish entering the abstract of your document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float figure placement document alignment document wide false sideways false status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center \begin_inset Graphics filename clipart/Abstract.pdf \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Caption Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "fig:Paragraph-in-the" \end_inset Paragraph in the \family sans Abstract \family default environment \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard We would love to demonstrate the \family sans Abstract \family default environment, but since this document is in the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset book \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset class, we can't do this. We inserted it therefore as figure \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "fig:Paragraph-in-the" \end_inset . If you have never heard of an \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset abstract \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset before, you can safely ignore this environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Bibliography \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Bibliography \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Biblio_environment" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family sans Bibliography \family default environment is used to list references. Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should only use it at the end of the document. Nesting \family sans Bibliography \family default in anything else or \emph on vice versa \emph default will not work. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When you first open a \family sans Bibliography \family default environment, \SpecialChar LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Bibliography \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset References, \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset depending on the document class. The heading is in a large boldface font. Each paragraph of the \family sans Bibliography \family default environment is a bibliography entry. Thus, entering \family sans Return \family default does not reset the paragraph environment. Each new paragraph is still in the \family sans Bibliography \family default environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There is another, usually better way to include references in your document by using a Bib\SpecialChar TeX database. For more information on that, and for a detailed description of \SpecialChar LyX 's bibliography handling, have a look at section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Bibliography" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Special Environments \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX provides two environments that can be used to emulate the behavior of a computer console/terminal and a typewriter. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \SpecialChar LyX \family sans -Code \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LyX -Code \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:LyX-Code" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family sans \SpecialChar LyX -Code \family default environment is a \SpecialChar LyX extension. It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font. It also treats the \family sans Space \family default key as a fixed whitespace. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout In the \family sans \SpecialChar LyX -Code \family default environment, the \family sans Space \family default key is treated as a \family sans Protected \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Blank \family default instead of an end-of-word marker. \end_layout \end_inset \family sans \SpecialChar LyX -Code \family default , \family sans Verbatim \family default and \family sans Verbatim \family default * are the only environments in which you can type multiple whitespaces in \SpecialChar LyX . If you need to insert blank lines, you will still need to use \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset (the \family typewriter break-line \family default function). \family sans Return \family default breaks paragraphs. Note, however, that \family sans Return \family default does not reset the paragraph environment. So, when you finish using the \family sans \SpecialChar LyX -Code \family default environment, you will need to change the paragraph environment yourself. Also, you can nest the \family sans \SpecialChar LyX -Code \family default environment inside of others. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are a few quirks with this environment: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize You cannot use \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset at the beginning of a new paragraph (i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset you can't follow \family sans Return \family default with a \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize You cannot follow a \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset with a \family sans Space \family default but with a \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "command-alternatives math-space ; space-insert protected" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize You cannot have an empty paragraph or an empty line. You must put at least one \family sans Space \family default in any line you want blank. Otherwise, \SpecialChar LaTeX generates errors. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing \family sans " \family default since that will insert \emph on real \emph default quotes. You get the typewriter double quotes with \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "self-insert \"" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here is an example: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code #include \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code int main(void) \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code { \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code printf("Hello World! \backslash n"); \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code return 0; \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code } \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This is just the standard \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Hello world! \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset program. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans \SpecialChar LyX -Code \family default has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts and so on. Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text as if you used a typewriter. \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Paragraph environments|) \end_layout \end_inset For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described in the chapter \emph on Program Code Listings \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Verbatim \family sans \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Verbatim \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family sans Verbatim \family default environment is similar to the \family sans \SpecialChar LyX -Code \family default environment with the difference that its content will be treated like a computer console text. \family sans Verbatim \family default does therefore not have paragraphs so that \family sans Return \family default breaks lines. Compared to \family sans \SpecialChar LyX -Code \family default the \family sans Space \family default key is treated like a normal space in text (not as a protected space) and you can have empty lines. In contrary to \family sans \SpecialChar LyX -Code, \family default \family sans Verbatim \family default cannot \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize have a certain language and a text style \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize contain hyperlinks, boxes, foot- and margin notes, notes, math, citations, index- and nomenclature entries, labels, tables, graphics, listings, floats and \SpecialChar TeX Code \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Because of these properties \family sans Verbatim \family default works like a typewriter. Here is an example: \end_layout \begin_layout Verbatim This is Verbatim. \end_layout \begin_layout Verbatim \noindent \align block The following 2 lines are empty: \end_layout \begin_layout Verbatim \end_layout \begin_layout Verbatim \end_layout \begin_layout Verbatim Almost everything is allowed in Verbatim:"%&$§#~'` \backslash }][{| \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family sans Verbatim* \family default environment is identical to \family sans Verbatim \family default with the difference that spaces appear in the output as the character ' \begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{} \end_inset '. An example: \end_layout \begin_layout Verbatim* This is Verbatim*. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Nesting Environments \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Nesting ! Environments \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Nesting" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific propertie s. This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of another block. For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also has two subpoints. In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner list \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset attached \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to item #2: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate one \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate two \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate sublist – item #1 \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate sublist – item #2 \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate three \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other. Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Increase \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset List \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Depth \family default or \family sans Decrease \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset List \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Depth \family default to change the nesting depth (the status bar will tell you how far you are nested). Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "depth-increment" \end_inset and \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "depth-decrement" \end_inset or the key bindings \family sans Tab \family default and \family sans Shift+Tab \family default or \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-increment" \end_inset and \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-decrement" \end_inset . The change will work on the current selection, if you have made one (allowing you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current paragraph. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Note that \SpecialChar LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can. If it is invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth. Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the depth of every paragraph nested inside of it. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Nesting isn't limited to lists. In \SpecialChar LyX , you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're about to find out. This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection What You Can and Can't Nest \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell you a little bit more about how nesting works. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The question of nesting a paragraph environment is a bit more complicated than a simple yes or no. There are three types of paragraph environments: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Completely unnestable \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other things inside them. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest anything into them. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph environments have them: \end_layout \begin_layout Description Unnestable Can't nest them. Can't nest into them. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Bibliography \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Abstract \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Title \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Author \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Date \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Description Fully \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Nestable You can nest them. You can nest other things into them. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Verse \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Quote \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Quotation \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Itemize \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Enumerate \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Description \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans List \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans \SpecialChar LyX -Code \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Verbatim \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Verbatim* \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Description Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things. You can't nest anything into them. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Standard \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Part \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Chapter \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Section \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Subsection \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Subsubsection \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Paragraph \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Subparagraph \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Part* \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Chapter* \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Section* \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Subsection* \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Subsubsection* \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Address \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default Although it is possible, for example, to nest numbered section headings like \family sans Chapter \family default , \family sans Section \family default , etc. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset into lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create well-structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested section headings violate this. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc. \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Nesting ! Tables etc. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are affected by nesting anyhow. They are: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize equations \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize tables \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize figures \end_layout \begin_layout Standard ( \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default Figures and tables in \family sans Floats \family default are not affected by this. \end_layout \end_inset Have a look at section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Floats" \end_inset for more information about \family sans Floats \family default .) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph. If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph it is in goes. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset paragraph \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset of its own, it behaves just like a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset nestable-inside \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset paragraph environment. You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything into it. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here's an example with a table: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Item One \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate This is (a) and it's nested. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none a \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none b \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none c \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none d \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm \end_inset \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate This is (b). The table is actually nested inside (a). \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate Back out again. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Item One \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate This is (a) and it's nested. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none a \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none b \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none c \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none d \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate This is (b). The table is \emph on not \emph default nested inside (a). In fact, it's not nested at all. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Back out again. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first item of a new list! \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going deep enough. \SpecialChar LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Item One \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate This is (a) and it's nested. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none a \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none b \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none c \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none d \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate This is (b). The table is actually nested inside Item One, but \emph on not \emph default inside (a). \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Back out again. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a new list \emph on inside \emph default item 1. The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation. So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right depth! \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Usage and General Features \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Speaking of levels, \SpecialChar LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting. In other words, \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset level #6 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is the innermost possible depth. Here's an example to illustrate what we mean: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate level #1 – outermost \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate level #2 \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate level #3 \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate level #4 \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize level #5 \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize level #6 \end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper \end_deeper \end_deeper \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see both of them in the example. Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold nesting with the \family sans Enumerate \family default and \family sans Itemize \family default environments. For example, if we tried to nest another \family sans Enumerate \family default list inside item \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset A. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , we would get errors. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Some Examples \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Nesting ! Examples \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration. We have several examples of nested environments. In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce them. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM #1-a This is the outermost level. It's a \family sans List \family default environment. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM #2-a This is level #2. We created it by using \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset followed by \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-increment" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM #3-a This is level #3. This time, we just enter \family sans Return \family default , then used \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-increment" \end_inset twice in a row. We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level, by entering \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset followed by \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-increment" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard This is actually a \family sans Standard \family default environment, nested inside of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset #3-a \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . So, it's at level #4. We did this by entering \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset , then \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-increment" \end_inset , then changing the paragraph environment to \family sans Standard \family default . Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works for the \family sans Description \family default , \family sans Enumerate \family default , and \family sans Itemize \family default environments! \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here's another \family sans Standard \family default paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM #4-a This is level #4. We enter \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset and changed the paragraph environment back to \family sans List \family default . Remember — we can't nest anything inside a \family sans Standard \family default environment, which is why we're still at level #4. However, we \emph on can \emph default keep nesting things inside \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset #3-a \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar ldots \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM #6-a \SpecialChar ldots and this is level #6. By now, you should know how we made these two. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM #5-b Back to level #5. Just enter \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset followed by a \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-decrement" \end_inset . \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM #4-b After another \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset followed by a \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-decrement" \end_inset , we're back at level #4. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM #3-b Back to level #3. By now it should be obvious how we did this. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM #2-b Back to level #2. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring MMM #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1. After this sentence, we will enter \family sans Return \family default and change the paragraph environment back to \family sans Standard \family default to end the list. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard We could have also used the \family sans Description \family default , \family sans Quote \family default , \family sans Quotation \family default , or even the \family sans Verse \family default environment in place of the \family sans List \family default environment. The example would have worked exactly the same. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Example 2: Inheritance \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code level. Now we will enter \family sans Return \family default , then \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-increment" \end_inset , after \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset which, we will change to the \family sans Enumerate \family default environment. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate This is the \family sans Enumerate \family default environment, at level #2. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Notice how the nested \family sans Enumerate \family default not only inherits its margins from its parent environment ( \family sans LyX-Code \family default ), but also inherits its font and spacing! \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard We ended this example by entering \family sans Return \family default . After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to \family sans Standard \family default and reset the nesting depth by using \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-decrement" \end_inset once. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the \family sans Enumerate \family default and \family sans Itemize \family default Environments \begin_inset Argument 1 status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate This is level #1, in an \family sans Enumerate \family default paragraph environment. We're actually going to nest a bunch of these. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate This is level #2. We used \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset followed by \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-increment" \end_inset . Now, what happens if we nest an \family sans Itemize \family default environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its label be? An asterisk? \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize No! It's a bullet. This is the \emph on first \emph default \family sans Itemize \family default environment, even though it's at level #3. So, its label is a bullet. (We got here by using \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset , then \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-increment" \end_inset , then changing the environment to \family sans Itemize \family default .) \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize Here's level #4, produced using \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset , then \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-increment" \end_inset . We will do that again\SpecialChar ldots \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate \SpecialChar ldots to get to level #5. This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to \family sans Enumerate \family default . Notice the type of numbering, it is \emph on lowercase Roman \emph default , because we are in the \emph on thirdfold \emph default \family sans Enumerate \family default environment (that is, it is an \family sans Enumerate \family default inside an \family sans Enumerate \family default inside an \family sans Enumerate \family default ). \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate What happens if we \emph on don't \emph default change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What type of numbering does \SpecialChar LyX use? \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Let's use \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-decrement" \end_inset to decrease the depth after the next \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset . \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate This is level #4. Look what type of label \SpecialChar LyX is using! \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate This is level #3. Even though we've changed levels, \SpecialChar LyX is still using a lowercase Roman numeral as the label.Why? \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is \emph on still \emph default a thirdfold \family sans Enumerate \family default environment. Notice, however, that \SpecialChar LyX \emph on did \emph default reset the counter for the label. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate Another \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-decrement" \end_inset sequence, and we're back to level #2. This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back into the twofold-nested \family sans Enumerate \family default environment. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate The same thing happens if we do another \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-decrement" \end_inset sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Lastly, we reset the environment to \family sans Standard \family default . As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling \SpecialChar LyX uses for the \family sans Enumerate \family default and \family sans Itemize \family default environments. The number of other \family sans Enumerate \family default environments surrounding it determines what kind of label \SpecialChar LyX uses for an \family sans Enumerate \family default item. The same rule applies for the \family sans Itemize \family default environment, as well. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Example 4: Going Bonkers \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate We're going to go totally nuts now. We will not nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the same detail with how we did it. (level #1: \family sans Enumerate \family default ) \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard ( \family sans Return, \family default \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-increment" \end_inset \family sans , Standard \family default : level #2) We will stick an encapsulated description of how we created the example in parentheses someplace. For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth. The environment name is the name of the current environment. Either before or after this, we will put in the level. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate ( \family sans Return, Enumerate \family default : level #1) This is the next item in the list. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Verse Now we will add verse. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset It will get much worse. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset ( \family sans Return, \family default \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-increment" \end_inset \family sans , Verse \family default : level #2) \end_layout \begin_layout Verse Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Bippitey boppitey boo! \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset ( \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset \family sans ) \end_layout \begin_layout Verse Here comes a table: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none one-fish \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none two-fish \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none red-fish \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none blue-fish \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Verse ( \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset \family sans , Table, \family default \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-increment" \end_inset 3 times, \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset \family sans , Verse, \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family default \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "depth-decrement" \end_inset ) \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate ( \family sans Return, Enumerate \family default : level #1) This is another item. Note that selecting a \family sans Table \family default resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth 3 times to put the table inside the \family sans Verse \family default environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Quotation We're now ending the \family sans Enumerate \family default list and changing to \family sans Quotation \family default . We're still at level #1. We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments. The next set of paragraphs is a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset quoted letter. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset We will nest both the \family sans Address \family default and \family sans Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address \family default environments inside of this one, then use another nested \family sans Quotation \family default for the letter body. We will use \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break inverse" \end_inset to preserve the depth. Remember that you need to use \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset to create multiple lines inside the \family sans Address \family default and \family sans Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Address \family default environments. Here it goes: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Right Address 1234 Nowhere Rd. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Moosegroin, MT 00100 \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset 9-6-96 \end_layout \begin_layout Address Dear Mr. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Fizlewitz: \end_layout \begin_layout Quotation We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control. Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating a backlog in our orders for methane. We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order as soon as possible. In the meantime, we thank you for your patience. \end_layout \begin_layout Quotation We do, however, now have a special on beef. If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form with your order, along with payment. \end_layout \begin_layout Quotation We thank you again for your patience. \end_layout \begin_layout Address Sincerely, \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Bill Hick \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Quotation That ends that example! \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As you can see, nesting environments in \SpecialChar LyX gives you a lot of power with just a few keystrokes. We could have easily nested an \family sans Itemize \family default list inside of a \family sans Quotation \family default or \family sans Quote \family default , or put a \family sans Quote \family default inside of an \family sans Itemize \family default list. You have a huge variety of options at your disposal. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Separate Nestings \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Nesting ! Separation \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Separate-Nestings" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard It is sometimes necessary to have two consecutive environments of the same type. For example you need two different enumerations: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Hello \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate this is an \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate enumeration \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Separator plain \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize itemize list \end_layout \end_deeper \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Separator parbreak \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Hi \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate this is another \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate enumeration \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To split an existing list into two lists, set the cursor at the end of a list item and use the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Separated Above \family default or \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Separated Below \family default . This inserts a plain separator (red line in \SpecialChar LyX ) and before or behind it the new list. Inside nested environments, it is also possible to split the outer environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard By right-clicking on a separator one can change it into a paragraph separator (red arrow in LyX). The difference between both separator types is that the plain separator only splits the list and not the current paragraph. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In general, you get an environment separator when you press \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break" \end_inset in a \family sans Standard \family default environment immediately after a non-Standard one. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Spacing, Pagination and Line Breaks \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Spacing \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, \SpecialChar LyX offers you more spaces: spaces of different widths and spaces which can or cannot be broken at the end of a line. The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are useful. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Protected Space \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Protected-Space" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Spaces ! Protected \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The protected space: It is used to tell \SpecialChar LyX (and \SpecialChar LaTeX ) not to break the line at that point. This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in: \end_layout \begin_layout Quote Further documentation is given in section \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Bibliography" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset section \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Bibliography" \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . A protected space is set with \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator Protected \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space \family default (shortcut \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "command-alternatives math-space ; space-insert protected" \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Horizontal Space \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Horizontal-Space" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Spacing ! Horizontal \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator Horizontal Space \family default . The length units are listed in Appendix \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "chap:Units-available-in" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Inter-word Space \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Inter-word-Space" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Spaces ! Inter-word \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard With the introduction of typewriters, it became conventional in some countries to type two spaces after a period to mimic the wider spaces used by typesetters at the ends of sentences. There is no need to do this as \SpecialChar LyX automatically takes care about this. However, you do not want an end of sentence space after an abbreviation followed by a period; see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Abbreviations" \end_inset for examples. To insert a normal space, select \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator Interword \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space \family default (shortcut \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "space-insert normal" \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Thin Space \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Thin-Space" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Spaces ! Thin \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset thin space \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset protected \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ). The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance, inside abbreviations: \end_layout \begin_layout Quote D. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset E. Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard or between values and units. Compare for example this: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset 10 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset kg (thin space) \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset 10 kg (normal space \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can insert thin spaces with the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator Thin \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space \family default (shortcut \begin_inset Info type "shortcuts" arg "space-insert thin" \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection More Spaces \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can also insert the following space types: \end_layout \begin_layout Description \change_inserted -712698321 1593161965 Medium \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset space \change_unchanged A line with a \begin_inset Formula $\to$ \end_inset \begin_inset space \medspace{} \end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\gets$ \end_inset \change_deleted -712698321 1593161991 negative thin \change_inserted -712698321 1593161992 medium \change_unchanged space between the arrows. \change_inserted -712698321 1593162006 \end_layout \begin_layout Description \change_deleted -712698321 1593162010 Medium \change_inserted -712698321 1593162011 Thick \change_unchanged \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset space A line with a \begin_inset Formula $\to$ \end_inset \begin_inset space \thickspace{} \end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\gets$ \end_inset \change_deleted -712698321 1593162017 medium \change_inserted -712698321 1593162018 thick \change_unchanged space between the arrows. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Negative \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset thin \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset space A line with a \begin_inset Formula $\to$ \end_inset \begin_inset space \negthinspace{} \end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\gets$ \end_inset negative thin space between the arrows. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Negative \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset medium \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset space A line with a \begin_inset Formula $\to$ \end_inset \begin_inset space \negmedspace{} \end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\gets$ \end_inset negative medium space between the arrows. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Negative \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset thick \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset space A line with a \begin_inset Formula $\to$ \end_inset \begin_inset space \negthickspace{} \end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\gets$ \end_inset negative thick space between the arrows. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Enspace \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (0.5 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em) A line with an \begin_inset Formula $\to$ \end_inset \begin_inset space \enskip{} \end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\gets$ \end_inset enspace \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (0.5 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em) space between the arrows. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Quad \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (1 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em) A line with a \begin_inset Formula $\to$ \end_inset \begin_inset space \quad{} \end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\gets$ \end_inset Quad \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (1 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em) space between the arrows. \end_layout \begin_layout Description QQuad \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (2 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em) A line with a \begin_inset Formula $\to$ \end_inset \begin_inset space \qquad{} \end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\gets$ \end_inset QQuad \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (2 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em) space between the arrows. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Custom \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset space A line with \begin_inset Formula $\to$ \end_inset \begin_inset space \hspace{} \length 2cm \end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\gets$ \end_inset 2 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm space between the arrows. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Width-of-the" \end_inset lists the different space sizes. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table placement document alignment document wide false sideways false status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Caption Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "tab:Width-of-the" \end_inset Width of the different horizontal spaces. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Space \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Width \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Normal \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 1/3 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Protected \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 1/3 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Thin \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 1/6 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted -712698321 1593161917 Medium \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted -712698321 1593161917 4 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mu \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted -712698321 1593161917 Thick \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted -712698321 1593161917 5 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mu \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Negative thin \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -1/6 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em \begin_inset Formula $\thinspace=\thinspace$ \end_inset -3 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mu \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Negative medium \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -4 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mu \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Negative thick \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout -5 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mu \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Enspace (0.5 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em) \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 0.5 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Quad (1 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em) \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 1 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout QQuad (2 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em) \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 2 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Horizontal Fills \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Spacing ! Fills \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special \SpecialChar LyX feature for adding extra space in a uniform fashion. An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals the remaining space between the left and right margins. If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space equally between themselves. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here are a few examples of what you can do with them: \end_layout \begin_layout Quote \noindent This is on the left side \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset This is on the right \end_layout \begin_layout Quote \noindent Left \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset Middle \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset Right \end_layout \begin_layout Quote \noindent Left \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset 1/3 Left \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset Right \end_layout \begin_layout Standard That was an example in the \family sans Quote \family default environment. Here \begin_inset Formula $\to$ \end_inset \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\gets$ \end_inset is one in a standard paragraph. It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it \emph on is \emph default sitting in-between the two arrows. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the \family sans Fill \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Pattern \family default s in the space dialog: The following patterns are available: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Dots: \begin_inset space \dotfill{} \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Rule: \begin_inset space \hrulefill{} \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Left arrow: \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{} \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Right arrow: \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{} \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted -712698321 1593242277 Up \change_inserted -712698321 1593242278 Down \change_unchanged brace \change_inserted -712698321 1593242369 (= opened downwards) \change_unchanged : \begin_inset space \downbracefill{} \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted -712698321 1593242281 Down \change_inserted -712698321 1593242282 Up \change_unchanged brace \change_inserted -712698321 1593242378 (= opened upwards) \change_unchanged : \begin_inset space \upbracefill{} \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and \emph on not \emph default in the first line in a paragraph, \SpecialChar LyX ignores it. This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line. If you need space in this case anyway, set the \family sans Protect \family default option in the space dialog. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Phantom Space \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Phantom-Space" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Spacing ! Phantom \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase. For example, you want to create the following multiple choice question: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset What is correct English?: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Mr. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Edge would have been jumps the gun. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom status open \begin_layout Plain Layout Mr. Edge \end_layout \end_inset has to be jumped \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom status open \begin_layout Plain Layout Mr. Edge \end_layout \end_inset jumps \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent so that the choices appear exactly after the phrase \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Mr. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Edge \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator Phantom \family default . In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two lines and insert \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Mr. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Edge \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset into the phantom inset (note the space after \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Edge \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ). A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder). That is why it is named \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset phantom \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space, while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding dimension. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Vertical Space \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Vertical-Space" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Spacing ! Vertical \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator Vertical \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space \family default dialog. There you find the following sizes: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans SmallSkip \family default , \family sans MedSkip \family default and \family sans BigSkip \family default are \SpecialChar LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document. \family sans DefSkip \family default is the skip adjusted in the dialog \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Layout \family default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Settings \end_layout \end_inset for the paragraph separation. If you use indentation to separate paragraphs \family sans DefSkip \family default is equal to \family sans MedSkip \family default . \change_inserted -712698321 1593360527 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1593360570 \family sans Half line height \family default and \family sans Line height \family default equal to the height, or half the height, of a line in the current font size including line spacing. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans VFill \family default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Spacing ! Fills \end_layout \end_inset is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page. An example: you have only two short paragraphs on one page with a \family sans Vfill \family default between them. Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal. \family sans VFill \family default s work like \family sans HFill \family default s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans HFill \family default s are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Horizontal-Space" \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset If there are several \family sans VFill \family default s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves. You can therefore use \family sans VFill \family default s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans Custom \family default are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "chap:Units-available-in" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default \series medium If the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option \family sans Protect \family default . \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Paragraph Alignment \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Paragraph ! Alignment \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can change the paragraph alignment with the \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Paragraph Settings \family default dialog (toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "layout-paragraph" \end_inset ). There are five possibilities: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Justified \family default (shortcut \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-params \\align block" \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Left \family default ( \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-params \\align left" \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Right \family default ( \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-params \\align right" \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Center \family default ( \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-params \\align center" \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Default \family default ( \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-params \\align default" \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between the left and right margins. The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align right This paragraph is right aligned, \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center this one is centered, \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align left this one is left aligned. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Forced Page Breaks \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Page breaks ! Forced \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Forced-Page-Breaks" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you don't like the way \SpecialChar LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you can force a page break where you want one. Normally this will not be necessary, because \SpecialChar LaTeX is good at page breaking. Only if you use a lot of \family sans Floats \family default , \SpecialChar LaTeX 's page breaking algorithm can fail. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard We recommend you not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and you have checked in the preview to see if you \emph on really \emph default have to change the page breaking. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special action. This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator New \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Page \family default . The second type, that is inserted via the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Break \family default , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out the complete page. This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page on which only the last few lines are absent. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears at the top of a page. This is, of course, the wrong way to do it. \SpecialChar LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table. See chapter \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "chap:Floats-and-Notes" \end_inset to learn more about \family sans Floats \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Clear Page Breaks \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Clear-Page-Breaks" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Page breaks ! Clear \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them. That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed after it, if necessary by adding pages. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can insert a clear page break with the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator Clear \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Page \family default . When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator Clear \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Double \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Page \family default to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page. \change_inserted 5863208 1602706231 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \change_inserted 5863208 1602706295 Suppressing Page Breaks \change_unchanged \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 5863208 1602706382 Page Breaks ! \change_unchanged \change_inserted 5863208 1602706335 No Page Break \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset \change_inserted -712698321 1607005685 \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Suppressing-Page-Breaks" \end_inset \change_inserted 5863208 1602706444 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 5863208 1602706504 To discourage page break at \change_inserted -712698321 1607005668 a \change_inserted 5863208 1602706504 certain point you can use \family sans Insert \change_unchanged \SpecialChar menuseparator \change_inserted 5863208 1602706512 Formatting \change_unchanged \SpecialChar menuseparator \change_inserted 5863208 1602706556 No Page Break \change_unchanged \family default . \change_inserted 5863208 1602707015 This is typically useful for paragraphs which should stay together or when you want to keep close the description for tables and pictures in case using floats or boxes is not appropriate. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Forced Line Breaks \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Line breaks \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Forced-Line-Breaks" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: one simply breaks the line. You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator Ragged \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Line \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Break \family default or with \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset . Another type that is inserted via the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator Justified \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Line \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Break \family default or with \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert linebreak" \end_inset breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between the page margins. This is useful to avoid \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset fringes \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in justified paragraphs due to possible whitespace introduced by line breaks. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct \SpecialChar LaTeX 's line breaking, as \SpecialChar LaTeX is very good at line breaking. There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to set a line break actively, for example, in a poem or for an address (see sections \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Quote" \end_inset , \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Verse" \end_inset and \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Address-Usage" \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Horizontal Lines \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Horizontal-Lines" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Horizontal lines \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent \begin_inset CommandInset line LatexCommand rule offset "0.5ex" width "100line%" height "1pt" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent In the dialog \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator Horizontal \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Line \family default you can insert horizontal lines. The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline of the current text line or the paragraph. The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent \begin_inset CommandInset line LatexCommand rule offset "0.5ex" width "100line%" height "1pt" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Section Characters and Symbols \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard. You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter, for example, characters needed for French with an English keyboard. See section \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Keyboard-mapping" \end_inset for information on how this is done. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you can use the \family sans Symbols \family default dialog via the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Special Character\SpecialChar menuseparator Symbols \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed when you are using a special screen font in \SpecialChar LyX 's preferences. But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Section Fonts and Text Styles \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Fonts-and-Text" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Font Types \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Font ! Types \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are two types of fonts: \end_layout \begin_layout Description Vector \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset fonts \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Fonts ! Vector- \end_layout \end_inset are built from outlines of the single glyphs (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. characters) in the font. This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are well suited for scaling to any requested size. This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph. This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes. Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to provide a good image might it be hard to provide a good rendering. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them. But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes. That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font sizes than at small ones. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset The font types \family typewriter TrueType \family default , \family typewriter OpenType \family default , and \family typewriter Type \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 1 \family default are vector fonts. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Bitmap \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset fonts \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Fonts ! Bitmap- \end_layout \end_inset on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start; so they will look good at all the sizes they are meant for. However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each pixel is enlarged into several pixels. It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in an image manipulation program. In order to mitigate this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in several fixed sizes typically from around 8 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset pixels high up to 34 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset pixels or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful. The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary to display each glyph; so bitmap fonts display therefore more quickly than scalable fonts. The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Bitmap fonts are named \family typewriter Type \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 3 \family default in PostScript- and PDF-documents. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes. So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts. That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs use scalable fonts. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To see which fonts are used in a PDF-document, look at its document properties. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards specifying \change_deleted -712698321 1525757415 character \change_inserted 5863208 1598184810 text \change_unchanged styles rather than specifying a particular font. For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current font, to emphasize text you use an \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset emphasized style \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . This concept fits in perfectly with \SpecialChar LyX . In \SpecialChar LyX , you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting details. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \SpecialChar LaTeX font support \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:LaTeX-font-support" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Traditionally, \SpecialChar LaTeX used its own fonts. That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your \SpecialChar LaTeX distribution. The reason is that \SpecialChar LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts, which have to be provided by additional files and packages. The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited compared to a word processor. On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts are generally of very good quality, and that \SpecialChar LaTeX files are very portable across different machines. Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional \SpecialChar LaTeX has increased a lot in the meantime; so you can find packages for many free and commercial fonts. \SpecialChar LyX supports the fonts that are under a free license via the user interface (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Document-Font" \end_inset for details). Other fonts are available if you enter the relevant \SpecialChar LaTeX code in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired font). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Recent developments brought some new \SpecialChar LaTeX engines that are also able directly to access fonts that are installed for your operating system, namely Xe\SpecialChar TeX and Lua\SpecialChar TeX . Both engines are supported by \SpecialChar LyX . By using them, you can theoretically use any OpenType or TrueType font that is installed on your system. The next section describes how to use these fonts. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default In practice, some fonts might fail due to a legacy (non Unicode) font encoding, bad metrics, or other font deficiencies; so you might have to experiment. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Document Font and Font size \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Document-Font" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Font ! Size \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Font \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can set the document fonts in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Settings \end_layout \end_inset dialog. In the \family sans Fonts \family default section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the three different font shapes — roman (serif), \family sans sans \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset serif \family default and \family typewriter typewriter \family default (monospaced) — and you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for (some) sans \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with the roman font. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you select \family sans Use non-TeX fonts \family default , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system. This requires that you use \family sans PDF (XeTeX) \family default , \family sans PDF (LuaTeX) \family default or \family sans DVI (LuaTeX) \family default as the output format, i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset you will have to have either Xe\SpecialChar TeX or Lua\SpecialChar TeX installed (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:LaTeX-font-support" \end_inset ). You will then not have access to \SpecialChar TeX 's own fonts. Note that \SpecialChar LyX then lists all available fonts in each of the three lists (roman, sans \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset serif, and typewriter), since \SpecialChar LyX cannot determine the family. Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar breakableslash or font failures. \SpecialChar LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you use \SpecialChar TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the font include \family sans Default \family default and a list of fonts available with your \SpecialChar LaTeX distribution. If you select \family sans Default, \family default the font that is preset by the current document class is used. With LyX's \change_deleted -712698321 1524413696 default \change_inserted -712698321 1524413700 automatic \change_unchanged font encoding, this is \change_inserted -712698321 1524413733 , depending on the document language, \change_unchanged \change_inserted -712698321 1524413747 either the the standard \SpecialChar TeX font \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter Computer \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Modern \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ( \family typewriter cm \family default ) or \change_unchanged a look-alike of \change_deleted -712698321 1524413754 the standard \SpecialChar TeX font \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter Computer \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Modern \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ( \family typewriter cm \family default ) \change_inserted -712698321 1524413756 this font \change_unchanged : either \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter cm-super \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset or the bitmap font \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter European Computer Modern \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ( \family typewriter ec \family default ). However, some classes set different default fonts. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As \family typewriter ec \family default is a bitmap font, it looks pixelated in PDF output, especially when you read the PDF in a zoomed size. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout This problem is less severe if you read PDFs in \family typewriter Adobe \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Reader \family default version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font renderer. \end_layout \end_inset To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font. Depending on how your document should look, you can either: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize select the \family sans Latin \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Modern \family default fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of \family typewriter cm \family default / \family typewriter ec \family default . \family sans Latin \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Modern \family default was developed for the \SpecialChar LaTeX community in order to replace \family typewriter cm \family default as the default font. It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes. Except for some details, where the appearance was improved, \family sans Latin \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Modern \family default looks identical to \family typewriter cm \family default . \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout One difference is improved kerning. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize If you do not like the look of \family typewriter cm \family default / \family typewriter ec \family default , you can of course select one of the other vector fonts provided, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \family typewriter Times \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Roman \family default or \family typewriter Palatino \family default . Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset serif and typewriter fonts, \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g., \family sans Times \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Roman \family default selects \family sans Helvetica \family default for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset a real font \emph on family \emph default (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset in case of \family sans Latin \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Modern \family default oder \family sans Computer \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Modern \family default ). \end_layout \end_inset but you can also select your own. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset The differences between roman, \family sans sans \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset serif \family default and \family typewriter typewriter \family default fonts are explained in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the" \end_inset . \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset The font \family sans Times \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Roman \family default was originally designed for newspapers. Its glyphs are thus smaller than glyphs from other fonts in order to fit into the small newspaper columns. Therefore \family sans Times \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Roman \family default is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard For the font size there are generally four possible values: \family sans Default, 10 \family default , \family sans 11 \family default and \family sans 12 \family default . Some classes provide additional sizes. The size of \family sans Default \family default depends on the class you are using. In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Note that the font size is the \emph on base size \emph default . That means that \SpecialChar LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value. You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the \family sans Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style \family default dialog if needed. The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family sans Default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Family \family default selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should be roman, sans \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset serif or typewriter. The \family sans Default \family default selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override this. In most cases, \family sans Default \family default is equal to \family sans roman \family default , but some classes (such as presentation classes) use other defaults. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family typewriter \family sans LaTeX font encoding \family default selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold fontenc \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! fontenc \end_layout \end_inset \change_deleted -712698321 1524413571 (see also section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:LaTeX-settings" \end_inset ) \change_unchanged . Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this. Unless you have specific reasons, use \change_deleted -712698321 1524413471 \family sans Default \change_inserted -712698321 1524413474 Automatic \change_unchanged \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard With some fonts, the checkboxes \family sans Use Old Style Figures \family default and \family sans Use True Small Caps \family default are available. These are extra features some fonts provide. If \family sans Use Old Style Figures \family default is checked, old style figures (also known as medieval or text figures) are used. Old style figures are the numerals (0 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset – \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset 9) with ascenders and descenders, which makes them fit nicely with lowercase letters. \family sans Use True Small Caps \family default determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made of scaled capitals. Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately. \change_inserted -712698321 1563000270 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1563000448 Furthermore, with some fonts, you can add additional (comma-separated) options provided by the font package (or the \family sans fontspec \family default package, if you use non-TeX fonts), into the \family sans Options \family default field. This presupposes that you are familiar with the respective \SpecialChar LaTeX font package. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The field \family sans CJK \family default allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify a font to display the script characters. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout The font will be the argument for the commands of the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold CJK \series default . \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! CJK \end_layout \end_inset So this has no effect for the document language \family sans Japanese \family default that does not use \series bold CJK \series default . \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The option \family sans Enable micro-typographic extensions \family default activates extensions such as character protrusion and font expansion via the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold microtype \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! microtype \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The option \family sans Disallow line breaks after dashes \family default outputs en- and em-dashes as literal characters \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Or \SpecialChar LaTeX macro, if the literal character is not supported by the \SpecialChar LaTeX input encoding. \end_layout \end_inset instead of ligatures (--, ---) (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Dashes-and-line-breaks" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default When you choose a new font or font size, \SpecialChar LyX does \emph on not \emph default change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output; this is part of the WYSIWYM concept. \SpecialChar LyX 's screen fonts can be adjusted in the \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences \family default dialog, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Screen-Fonts" \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Math Fonts \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In \SpecialChar LaTeX the font used for characters in equations is different from the document font. For the case that you use \SpecialChar TeX fonts for your document, you can explicitly choose a math font in the dialog \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Settings \end_layout \end_inset . The default setting is that \SpecialChar LyX automatically selects a math font. For most cases this will be \SpecialChar LaTeX 's default – the math variant of \SpecialChar LaTeX 's default font family \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter Computer \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Modern \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \SpecialChar LyX will automatically only load another math font if a math variant of the document font is available. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Note that the math font will not be used for \emph on mathematical text \emph default (which is inserted with the shortcut \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "font-default" \end_inset or by the insertion of the command \series bold \backslash text \series default into a formula). Also note that some math fonts are sans \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset serif. Your document might therefore look strange when the document text has serifs while the math characters do not. Sans \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset serif math fonts make therefore in most cases only sense if you select \family sans Sans \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Serif \family default for the \family sans Default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset family \family default in the document font settings. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you use non-\SpecialChar TeX fonts for the document, you can only choose for math to use either the document's class default \SpecialChar TeX font (in most cases \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter Computer \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Modern \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) or to use the non-\SpecialChar TeX variant of the document's class default font (in most cases \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter Latin \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Modern \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Using Different \change_deleted -712698321 1525757119 Character \change_inserted -712698321 1525757120 Text \change_unchanged Styles \change_inserted -712698321 1525595783 \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:charstyles" \end_inset \change_unchanged \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Character Styles \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Text Style \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As we've already seen, \SpecialChar LyX automatically changes the \change_deleted -712698321 1525601052 character \change_unchanged style for certain paragraph environments. \change_inserted -712698321 1525757169 In this section, we will explain how the style of selected text passages can by changed. This is where we meet the concept of \emph on text styles \emph default . \change_deleted -712698321 1525601099 \change_inserted -712698321 1525601099 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1525595930 By default, \change_unchanged \SpecialChar LyX supports two \change_deleted -712698321 1525757160 character \change_inserted -712698321 1525757161 text \change_unchanged styles, \emph on Emphasized \emph default and \noun on Noun \noun default . \change_inserted -712698321 1525757189 These are \emph on builtin \emph default , i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e., available with all document classes. On top of that, some document classes and modules provide \emph on custom text styles \emph default for specific purposes. We describe both types of text styles in a minute. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1525757201 Before we do that, though, allow us just a few words of what we mean by \emph on text styles \emph default in contrast to \emph on text properties \emph default . Traditional word processors used to focus on so-called \emph on formal markup \emph default : if you wanted to emphasize a word, you selected it and chose e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset bold style \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset — you customized the \emph on text properties \emph default . Modern processors, \SpecialChar LyX among them, encourage the use of \emph on semantic \emph default (or \emph on logical \emph default ) \emph on markup \emph default instead (although formal markup is still possible; see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the" \end_inset ). Rather than fiddling with \emph on text properties \emph default , they encourage the use of \emph on text styles \emph default , who are defined with regard to their function (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g., \begin_inset Quotes els \end_inset emphasize \begin_inset Quotes ers \end_inset ), not their form ( \begin_inset Quotes els \end_inset bold \begin_inset Quotes ers \end_inset ). There are many advantages of the semantic approach. To begin with, using functional categories keeps you thinking about why you are actually marking up, if your markup is consistent and systematic, and whether this particular markup makes sense. On a more practical level, it is easy to change the appearance if needed. Consider the case when you are writing a paper and set all proper names in \shape smallcaps small caps \shape default via formal markup. Now if the publisher requests to have names appear differently (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g., in normal font, or ALL-CAPS), you would have to change any single occurrence. With a semantic markup (such as \noun on noun \noun default ; see below), you'd just need to change the definition of \family sans Noun \family default once and for all. It's a ten second change (if you know how to change the \SpecialChar LaTeX definition). Moreover, semantic markup even allows you to produce different versions of a document, using different markup semantics. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1525757213 With that in mind, we now turn to the semantic text styles that are provided by \SpecialChar LyX . \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \change_inserted -712698321 1525757220 Builtin Text Styles \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Builtin-Character-Styles" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1525757226 The two builtin text styles can be \change_deleted -712698321 1525596489 You can \change_unchanged activate \change_inserted -712698321 1525596491 d \change_unchanged \change_deleted -712698321 1525596494 both of these styles \change_unchanged via \change_inserted -712698321 1525596436 the \family sans Text Style \family default dialog, \change_unchanged key bindings \change_deleted -712698321 1525596045 , the menus \change_unchanged , and the toolbar. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To activate the \family sans Noun \family default style, do one of the following: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize click on the toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "font-noun" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize use the key binding \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "font-noun" \end_inset \change_inserted -712698321 1525596051 \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1525596318 use the \family sans Text Style \family default dialog ( \begin_inset Info type "menu" arg "dialog-show character" \end_inset or \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show character" \end_inset ) as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the" \end_inset \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Standard These commands are all toggles. That is, if \family sans Noun \family default style is already active, they deactivate it. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard One typically uses the \family sans Noun \family default style for proper names. For example: \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \noun on Matthias Ettrich \noun default is the original author of \SpecialChar LyX . \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \change_inserted -712698321 1525598183 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1525598323 By default, \family sans Noun \family default is producing text in \shape smallcaps Small Caps \shape default , but the definition can be changed. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A more widely used \change_deleted -712698321 1525757229 character \change_inserted -712698321 1525757229 text \change_unchanged style is the \family sans Emphasized \family default style. You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the \family sans Emphasized \family default style by: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize clicking on the toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "font-emph" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize using the keybindings \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "font-emph" \end_inset \change_inserted -712698321 1525596078 \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1525596340 use the \family sans Text Style \family default dialog ( \begin_inset Info type "menu" arg "dialog-show character" \end_inset or \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show character" \end_inset ) as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the" \end_inset \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Normally the \family sans Emphasized \family default style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or \SpecialChar LaTeX \change_inserted -712698321 1525598370 \change_deleted -712698321 1525598370 - \change_unchanged packages use a different font \change_inserted -712698321 1525598396 , and you can also customize it yourself by changing the \SpecialChar LaTeX definition \change_unchanged . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard We've been using the \family sans Emphasized \family default style all over the place in this document. Here's one more example: \end_layout \begin_layout Quotation \emph on Do not overuse \change_deleted -712698321 1525757231 character \change_inserted -712698321 1525757231 text \change_unchanged styles! \end_layout \begin_layout Standard It's also a warning in addition to an example. One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation. Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid the common tendency to overuse \change_deleted -712698321 1525757236 character \change_inserted -712698321 1525757236 text \change_unchanged styles. \change_deleted 5863208 1598186598 \change_inserted -712698321 1525598419 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1525757709 In contrast to the custom text styles, the builtin styles are represented only as font changes and integrated in the \family sans Text Properties \family default dialog. \change_unchanged You can \change_inserted -712698321 1525598525 therefore \change_unchanged always reset to the default font using the key binding \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "font-default" \end_inset or th \change_deleted -712698321 1525598540 e \change_inserted -712698321 1525598540 at \change_unchanged dialog \change_deleted -712698321 1525596565 \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style\SpecialChar menuseparator Customized \change_inserted -712698321 1525598544 \family default ( \begin_inset Info type "menu" arg "dialog-show character" \end_inset \change_unchanged \change_inserted -712698321 1525598549 or \change_deleted -712698321 1525598549 ( \change_unchanged \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show character" \end_inset ). \change_inserted -712698321 1525596575 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \change_inserted -712698321 1525756578 Custom Text Styles \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Custom-Character-Styles" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1525757241 Custom text styles can be provided by the document class, a module (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Modules" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" \end_inset ), or local layout settings (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Local-Layout" \end_inset ). As the two builtin styles, they provide \emph on semantic \emph default markup for specific functions. For instance, \SpecialChar LyX ships a \emph on Linguistics \emph default module that provides, among other things, some custom text styles to markup linguistic levels: \emph on expressions \emph default , \noun on concepts \noun default , and \begin_inset Quotes els \end_inset meanings \begin_inset Quotes ers \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1525757806 These styles can be found, if available, in the \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Text Styles \family default menu. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1525757245 For the purpose of demonstration, we have loaded in this document the optional module \family sans Logical Markup \family default that replicates and extends the two builtin styles. By example of the emphasized style, we can see the differences in look and feel (although the result in the typeset output is the same): while the builtin \emph on emphasized style \emph default appears as normal font change, the custom text style \begin_inset Flex Emph status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted -712698321 1525599318 Emph \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset appears as an inset, with a label below that identifies its semantics. This is the way all custom text styles look and feel like. For instance, the three others from the module we have loaded are: \begin_inset Flex Code status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted -712698321 1525599387 Code \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset , \begin_inset Flex Strong status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted -712698321 1525599390 Strong \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset , and \begin_inset Flex Noun status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted -712698321 1525599392 Noun \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset . Note that custom text styles might (as in the example) or might not emulate on screen their formal appearance. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_deleted -712698321 1525599470 Fine-Tuning \change_inserted -712698321 1525599472 Tweaking \change_unchanged \change_inserted -712698321 1525599462 Text \change_unchanged with the \family sans Text \change_deleted -712698321 1525756524 Style \change_inserted -712698321 1525756526 Properties \change_unchanged \family default \change_deleted -712698321 1525599485 d \change_inserted -712698321 1525599485 D \change_unchanged ialog \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Text Style \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are always occasions when you will need to do some \change_inserted -712698321 1525599505 formal \change_unchanged fine-tuning; so \SpecialChar LyX gives you a way to \change_deleted -712698321 1525595143 create a custom \change_inserted -712698321 1525595144 customize \change_unchanged \change_inserted -712698321 1525601741 the properties of text passages \change_deleted -712698321 1525595163 character style \change_unchanged . For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations. Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts from ordinary dialog. \change_inserted -712698321 1525595231 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1525757255 If there are no custom text styles provided by the document class or a module for this purpose (which is, as written above, generally the better way of handling such issues), you often find yourself wanting to quickly tweak the properties of the respective text passages. That's where \emph on formal markup \emph default comes in as a last resort. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Before we document how to \change_deleted -712698321 1525599696 use custom character style \change_inserted -712698321 1525599700 tweak the text properties \change_unchanged , we want to issue a warning yet again: Don't overuse \change_deleted -712698321 1525599715 character styles \change_inserted -712698321 1525599716 that \change_unchanged ! \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not easy to read and tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To \change_deleted -712698321 1525599736 use custom character styles \change_inserted -712698321 1525599739 tweak text properties \change_unchanged , open the \change_deleted -712698321 1525599762 \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style\SpecialChar menuseparator Customized \change_inserted -712698321 1525599762 \family default \begin_inset Info type "menu" arg "dialog-show character" \end_inset \change_unchanged dialog or press the toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show character" \end_inset . There are several \change_inserted -712698321 1525599782 combo \change_unchanged boxes in this dialog, each corresponding to a different \change_deleted -712698321 1525599798 font \change_inserted -712698321 1525599796 text \change_unchanged property that you can choose. You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select \family sans No \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset change \family default , which keeps the current state of that property. The item \change_deleted -712698321 1525677079 \family sans R \change_inserted -712698321 1525677076 Default \change_deleted -712698321 1525677077 eset \change_unchanged \family default will reset the property to whatever is the default. You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph environments all at once. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \change_deleted -712698321 1525599868 font \change_inserted -712698321 1525599869 text \change_unchanged properties, and their options (in addition to \family sans No \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset change \family default and \change_deleted -712698321 1525677094 \family sans Reset \change_inserted -712698321 1525677096 Default \change_unchanged \family default ) are: \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Family \family default The \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset overall look \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset of the font. The possible options are: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Roman \family default This is the Roman font family. Normally a serif font. It's also the default family. (key binding \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "font-roman" \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Sans \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Serif \family default \family sans This is the Sans Serif font family. \family default (key binding \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "font-sans" \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Typewriter \family default \family typewriter This is the Typewriter font family. \family default (key binding \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "font-typewriter" \end_inset \family sans ) \change_inserted -712698321 1525607448 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1525607495 The general differences of these families are: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1525607451 \family sans Serif \family default fonts use characters with serifs. These are the small \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset appendices \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset at the ends of the strokes that form the character. The following example shows the difference: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset text with serifs \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family sans text without serifs \family default \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading. These fonts are therefore used as default (named \family sans roman \family default ). \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1525607513 \family sans Sans serif \family default is not recommended for use as a base type. This font type is therefore often only used for headings and short texts. We use it in this document to highlight menu names. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1525607513 \family sans Typewriter \family default is a so called \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset monospaced \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset font, which means every character has the same width; the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset i \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is as wide as the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset m \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . Here is an example \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted -712698321 1525607513 no \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset \family typewriter typewriter text \family default \begin_inset Note Note status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted -712698321 1525607513 For more on phantoms see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Phantom-Space" \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset no typewriter text \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Series \family default This corresponds to the print weight. Options are: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Medium \family default This is the Medium font series. It's also the default series. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Bold \family default \series bold This is the Bold font series. \series default (key binding \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "font-bold" \end_inset ) \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Shape \family default As the name implies. Options are: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Upright \family default This is the Upright font shape. It's also the default shape. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Italic \family default \shape italic This \shape default \change_deleted -712698321 1525599902 \family sans \shape italic i \change_inserted -712698321 1525599902 \family default i \change_unchanged s the Italic font shape \shape default \emph on . \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Slanted \family default \shape slanted This is the Slanted font shape \shape default (although it might not be visible in \SpecialChar LyX , this is different from italic). \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Small \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Caps \family default \shape smallcaps This is the Small caps font shape \shape default \noun on . \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Color \family default Alters the text color. Note that not all DVI \change_inserted -712698321 1525599925 \change_deleted -712698321 1525599925 - \change_unchanged viewers are able to display colors. Besides \change_inserted -712698321 1525599934 \family sans (Without) \change_deleted -712698321 1525599939 No \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset color \change_unchanged \family default , which means that the document default color set in \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Color \family default for \family sans Main \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset text \family default is used, you can \change_deleted -712698321 1525599960 choose \change_inserted -712698321 1525599960 select \change_unchanged \change_deleted -712698321 1525599974 between \change_unchanged \family sans Black \family default , \family sans White \family default , \family sans Red \family default , \family sans Green \family default , \family sans Blue \family default , \family sans Cyan \family default , \family sans Magenta \family default , \family sans Yellow \family default , \family sans Brown \family default , \family sans Darkgray \family default , \family sans Gray \family default , \family sans Lightgray \family default , \family sans Lime \family default , \family sans Orange \family default , \family sans Olive \family default , \family sans Pink \family default , \family sans Purple \family default , \family sans Teal \family default and \family sans Violet \family default text. \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Color ! Text \end_layout \end_inset \change_deleted 5863208 1598186626 \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Language \family default This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from the language of the document. Text marked in this way will be underlined \change_inserted -712698321 1525600006 in the \SpecialChar LyX workarea \change_unchanged in blue to indicate the change \change_deleted -712698321 1525600002 (only within \SpecialChar LyX ) \change_unchanged . \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset If you have for example, an extract of German text in a non-German document, \SpecialChar LaTeX respects the German hyphenation rules automatically. When using the spell checking (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Spellchecking" \end_inset ) the German-marked text will be checked according to the German dictionary. \change_inserted -712698321 1525677618 \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset If you do not want text passages to be spellchecked, activate \family sans Exclude from Spellchecking \family default . Passages marked like this will still be hyphenated correctly. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Size \family default Alters the size of the font. You \change_deleted -712698321 1525600033 will \change_inserted -712698321 1525600034 won't \change_unchanged find \change_deleted -712698321 1525600037 no \change_unchanged numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportional to the document font size. Once again, you don't feed \SpecialChar LyX the details, but a general description of what you want to do. The options are: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Tiny \family default \size tiny This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Tiny \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset font size. \size default (key bindings \begin_inset Info type "shortcuts" arg "font-size tiny" \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Smallest \family default \size scriptsize This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Smallest \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset font size \size default . (key binding \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "font-size scriptsize" \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Smaller \family default \size footnotesize This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Smaller \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset font size. \size default (key bindings \begin_inset Info type "shortcuts" arg "font-size footnotesize" \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Small \family default \size small This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Small \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset font size. \size default (key bindings \begin_inset Info type "shortcuts" arg "font-size small" \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Normal \family default This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Normal \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset font size. It's also the default size. (key bindings \begin_inset Info type "shortcuts" arg "font-size normal" \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Large \family default \size large This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Large \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset font size. \size default (key bindings \begin_inset Info type "shortcuts" arg "font-size large" \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Larger \family default \size larger This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Larger \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset font size. \size default (key bindings \begin_inset Info type "shortcuts" arg "font-size larger" \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Largest \family default \size largest This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Largest \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset font size. \size default (key binding \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "font-size largest" \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Huge \family default \size huge This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Huge \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset font size. \size default (key bindings \begin_inset Info type "shortcuts" arg "font-size huge" \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Huger \family default \size giant This is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Huger \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset font size. \size default (key bindings \begin_inset Info type "shortcuts" arg "font-size giant" \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Increase \family default This increases the size by one step (for instance, from \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Largest \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Huge \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ). (key binding \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "font-size increase" \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Decrease \family default This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Normal \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Small \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ). (key binding \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "font-size decrease" \end_inset ) \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard We warn you \emph on yet again \emph default : don't go crazy with this feature. You should almost never need to change the font size. \SpecialChar LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments — use those instead. This is here for fine-tuning only! \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \change_deleted -712698321 1525600062 \family sans Misc \change_inserted -712698321 1525600065 Underlining \change_unchanged \family default Here you can \change_deleted -712698321 1525600102 change a few other things at the character level \change_inserted -712698321 1525600112 have text passages being underlined \change_unchanged . \change_inserted -712698321 1525600240 Avoid using underlining if you can! It is a hangover from the typewriter days, when you could not change fonts. One no longer needs to emphasize text by underscoring characters. This is only possible in \SpecialChar LyX because some people \emph on may \emph default need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions. \change_unchanged Options are: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \change_deleted -712698321 1525600074 \family sans Emph \family default \emph on This is text with emphasize on \emph default . This might seem like the same as \shape italic Italic \shape default , but it is actually a bit different. Emphasized is a \emph on logical \emph default attribute. That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized text. Normally this font is equal to italic. \change_inserted -712698321 1525600322 \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \change_inserted -712698321 1525600337 \family sans (Without) \family default Don't use underlining. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \change_deleted -712698321 1525600192 \family sans Underbar \change_inserted -712698321 1525600193 Single \change_unchanged \family default \bar under This is text with \change_inserted -712698321 1525600212 Single underlining \change_deleted -712698321 1525600209 Underbar \change_unchanged on. \bar default (key binding \begin_inset Info type "shortcuts" arg "font-underline" \end_inset \family sans ) \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \change_deleted -712698321 1525600236 \family default Avoid using underbar if you can! It is a hangover from the typewriter days, when you could not change fonts. One no longer needs to emphasize text by underscoring characters. This is only possible in \SpecialChar LyX because some people \emph on may \emph default need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Double \change_deleted -712698321 1525600261 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset underbar \change_unchanged \family default \uuline on This is text with Double under \change_deleted -712698321 1525600270 bar \change_inserted -712698321 1525600271 lining \change_unchanged on. \uuline default (key binding \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "font-underunderline" \end_inset ) \change_deleted -712698321 1525600282 \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset As we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think about double underbar \change_unchanged . \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans Wavy \change_deleted -712698321 1525600285 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset underbar \change_unchanged \family default \uwave on This is text with Wavy under \change_deleted -712698321 1525600294 bar \change_inserted -712698321 1525600295 lining \change_unchanged on. \uwave default (key binding \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "font-underwave" \end_inset ) \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it. Keep antinausea pills handy. \change_inserted -712698321 1525600130 \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \change_inserted -712698321 1525600169 \family sans Strikethrough \family default lets you strike-through text passages in two ways: \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \change_inserted -712698321 1525600364 \family sans (Without) \family default Don't use strikethrough. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \family sans S \change_deleted -712698321 1525600378 trike \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset out \change_inserted -712698321 1525600378 ingle \change_unchanged \family default \strikeout on This is text with \change_deleted -712698321 1525600382 Strikeout \change_inserted -712698321 1525601925 Single strikethrough \change_unchanged on. \strikeout default (key binding \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "font-strikeout" \end_inset ) \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has been changed in the meantime. \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \change_deleted -712698321 1525600394 \family sans Cross \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset ou \change_inserted -712698321 1525600397 With \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset / \change_deleted -712698321 1525600398 t \change_unchanged \family default \xout on This is text with \change_inserted -712698321 1525601941 /-strikethrough \change_deleted -712698321 1525601943 Cross out \change_unchanged on. \xout default \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset This is used to make text hardly readable. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1525757268 In addition to all the formal markup described above, the dialog also provides you access to the two builtin semantic text styles (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Builtin-Character-Styles" \end_inset ): \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1525600579 \family sans Emphasized: \family default \emph on This is text with emphasize on \emph default . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Noun \change_inserted -712698321 1525600548 : \change_unchanged \family default \noun on This is text with Noun on. \change_deleted -712698321 1525600637 \noun default Like \family sans Emph \family default , this is a logical attribute. Normally it's equivalent to \family sans Small \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Caps \family default . \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Standard So you have a huge number of combinations to \change_deleted -712698321 1525600660 choose \change_inserted -712698321 1525600660 select \change_unchanged from. Once you have \change_deleted -712698321 1525600674 chosen a new character style \change_inserted -712698321 1525600725 applied a text property \change_unchanged via the \change_deleted -712698321 1525600703 \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style\SpecialChar menuseparator Customized \change_inserted -712698321 1525600703 \family default \begin_inset Info type "menu" arg "dialog-show character" \end_inset \change_unchanged ( \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show character" \end_inset ) dialog, the settings are \change_inserted -712698321 1525600733 temporarily \change_unchanged saved. You can activate the \change_deleted -712698321 1525600738 m \change_inserted -712698321 1525600745 last applied properties \change_unchanged by using the toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "textstyle-apply" \end_inset . The button lets you apply \change_deleted -712698321 1525600766 your custom character style \change_inserted -712698321 1525600778 those \change_unchanged even when the dialog isn't visible. \change_inserted -712698321 1545905101 A press on the button will apply the most recent setting again, a press on the down-arrow will open a menu with the (max. 20) most recently applied settings, from which you can select one. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To completely reset the \change_deleted -712698321 1525600787 character style \change_inserted -712698321 1525600823 text properties of a selection \change_unchanged to the default, use \change_inserted -712698321 1545917704 either \change_deleted -712698321 1545917700 \change_unchanged \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "font-default" \end_inset \change_inserted -712698321 1545917733 or select \family sans Reset to default \family default from the menu of the toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "textstyle-apply" \end_inset \change_unchanged . \change_deleted -712698321 1525600803 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed (suppose you just set the shape to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset slanted \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and the series to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset bold \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ), set the \family sans Toggle \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset all \family default switch and press \family sans Apply \family default . \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted -712698321 1525607419 You should also know something about the differences between the three main font types \family sans serif \family default , \family sans sans \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset serif \family default , and \family sans typewriter \family default : \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted -712698321 1525607419 \family sans Typewriter \family default is a so called \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset monospaced \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset font, which means every character has the same width; the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset i \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is as wide as the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset m \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . Here is an example \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom status open \begin_layout Plain Layout no \end_layout \end_inset \family typewriter typewriter text \family default \begin_inset Note Note status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout For more on phantoms see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Phantom-Space" \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset no typewriter text \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted -712698321 1525607419 \family sans Serif \family default fonts use characters with serifs. These are the small \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset appendices \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset at the ends of the strokes that form the character. The following example shows the difference: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset text with serifs \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family sans text without serifs \family default \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading. These fonts are therefore used as default (named \family sans roman \family default ). \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_deleted -712698321 1525607419 \family sans Sans serif \family default is not recommended for use as a base type. This font type is therefore often only used for headings and short texts. We use it in this document to highlight menu names. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted -712698321 1525600873 \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Toggling \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset refers to applying or removing font properties. When a property is marked for toggling in the \family sans Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style \family default dialog, applying the style to text that already has the property will cause the property to be removed. If you, for example, apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that currently has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle and C is set not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and G. \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Never toggled \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset always toggled \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset mean that you do not control the toggling behavior. For the properties on the left side of the dialog ( \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Family \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset etc.), toggling behavior is up to you. If \family sans Toggle \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset all \family default is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none of them are. Finally, \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Reset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is never toggled. If you, for example, set \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Series \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Reset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and select \family sans Toggle \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset all \family default , then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default series ( \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Medium \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ), no matter how many times you apply the style. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Standard We conclude \change_inserted -712698321 1525607667 this section \change_unchanged with the same warning once again: Do not overuse the fonts! They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Printing and Previewing \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Overview \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation using \SpecialChar LyX , you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece. Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what goes on behind-the-scenes. We cover this information in much greater detail in the \emph on Additional Features \emph default manual as well. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX uses the program \SpecialChar LaTeX as its backend. \SpecialChar LaTeX is just a macro package for the \SpecialChar TeX typesetting system, but to prevent confusion, we will only refer to \SpecialChar LaTeX . \SpecialChar LyX is what you use to do your actual writing. Then, \SpecialChar LyX calls \SpecialChar LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output. This happens in two stages: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate First, \SpecialChar LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for \SpecialChar LaTeX , generating a file with the extension, \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .tex \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Next, \SpecialChar LyX calls \SpecialChar LaTeX to use the commands in the \family typewriter .tex \family default file to produce printable output. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Output file formats \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout File formats \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Output-file-formats" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \change_deleted -131811572 1600337594 Simple \change_inserted -131811572 1600337596 Plain \change_unchanged text \change_deleted -131811572 1600337574 (ASCII) \change_unchanged \begin_inset Index idx status open \begin_layout Plain Layout File formats ! \change_deleted -131811572 1600337607 ASCII \change_inserted -131811572 1600337612 Plain text \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This file type has the extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .txt \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . It contains your document as plain text \change_inserted -131811572 1600337643 in UTF-8 encoding \change_deleted -131811572 1600337647 following the rules of the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset American Standard Code for Information Interchange \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (ASCII) \change_unchanged . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can export your document to \change_deleted -131811572 1600337684 ASCII \change_inserted -131811572 1600337686 plain text \change_unchanged with the menu \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Export\SpecialChar menuseparator Plain \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset text \family default . However, this will not export any externally generated material such as a Bib\SpecialChar TeX bibliography (section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Bibliography-databases" \end_inset ). If your document includes such material, use \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Export\SpecialChar menuseparator More \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Formats \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset & \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Options \family default and then select \family sans Plain \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ps2ascii) \family default . This will first internally export your document to PostScript (generating thereby the external material) and then do the conversion to \change_deleted -131811572 1600337720 ASCII \change_inserted -131811572 1600337722 plain text \change_unchanged . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \SpecialChar LaTeX \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout File formats ! \SpecialChar LaTeX \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This file type has the extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .tex \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and contains all commands that are necessary for the \SpecialChar LaTeX program to process your document. If you know \SpecialChar LaTeX , you can use it to find out \SpecialChar LaTeX -Errors or to process it manually with console commands. The \SpecialChar LaTeX -file is automatically created in \SpecialChar LyX 's temporary directory whenever you view or export your document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can export your document as a \SpecialChar LaTeX -file using the menu \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Export\SpecialChar menuseparator LaTeX \family default . The different \SpecialChar LaTeX export variants are explained in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Export" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection DVI \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout File formats ! DVI \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This file type has the extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .dvi \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . It is called \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset device-independent \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine to another without needing to do any sort of conversion. DVIs are used for quick previews and as a pre-stage for other output formats, like PostScript. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard DVI files do not contain images, they only link to them. So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs. Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the images in the background to make them visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when you view the DVI. So we recommend using PDF for files with many images. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can export your document to DVI by the menus \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Export\SpecialChar menuseparator DVI \family default or \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Export\SpecialChar menuseparator DVI \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (LuaTeX). \family default The latter option uses the program \family typewriter Lua\SpecialChar TeX \family default . \family typewriter Lua\SpecialChar TeX \family default is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font access (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:LaTeX-font-support" \end_inset ). Lua\SpecialChar TeX is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard \SpecialChar TeX processor. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection PostScript \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout File formats ! PostScript \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This file type has the extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .ps \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . PostScript was developed by the company \family typewriter Adobe \family default as a printer language. The file therefore contains commands that the printer uses to print the file. PostScript can be seen as a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset programming language \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout If you are interested in learning more about this, have a look at the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold pstricks \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! pstricks \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset As a result of this, the files are often bigger than PDFs. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard PostScript can only contain images in the format \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Encapsulated PostScript \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (EPS, file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .eps \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ). As \SpecialChar LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has to convert them in the background to EPS. If, for example, you have 50 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset images in your document, \SpecialChar LyX has to do 50 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset conversions when you view or export your document the first time. This might slow down your workflow with \SpecialChar LyX . So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as EPS to avoid this problem. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can export to PostScript using the menu \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Export\SpecialChar menuseparator PostScript \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection PDF \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout File formats ! PDF \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout PDF \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This file type has the extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .pdf \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . The \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Portable Document Format \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (PDF) developed by \family typewriter Adobe \family default was derived from PostScript. It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript. As the name \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset portable \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset implies, it can be processed on any computer system and the printed output looks exactly the same. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Joint Photographic Experts Group \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (JPG, file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .jpg \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .jpeg \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Portable Network Graphics \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (PNG, file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .png \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ). You can also use any other image format, because \SpecialChar LyX converts them in the background to one of these formats. But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion will slow down your workflow. So we recommend using images in one of the three formats mentioned above. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can export your document to PDF via the menu \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Export \family default in different ways: \end_layout \begin_layout Description PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pdflatex) This uses the program \family typewriter pdftex \family default which converts your file directly to PDF. \end_layout \begin_layout Description PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (Lua \family sans TeX \family default ) This uses the program \family typewriter Lua\SpecialChar TeX \family default which converts your file directly to PDF. \family typewriter Lua\SpecialChar TeX \family default is a new engine, derived from \family typewriter pdflatex \family default , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font access (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:LaTeX-font-support" \end_inset ). Lua\SpecialChar TeX is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard \SpecialChar TeX processor. \end_layout \begin_layout Description PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (Xe \family sans TeX \family default ) This uses the program \family typewriter Xe\SpecialChar TeX \family default that converts your file directly to PDF. \family typewriter Xe\SpecialChar TeX \family default is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font access (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:LaTeX-font-support" \end_inset ). It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts, for example, vertically written Japanese. \end_layout \begin_layout Description PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (cropped) This is the same as \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pdflatex) \family default but the result is a PDF with cropped page margins. This is for example useful if you want to use \SpecialChar LyX to generate good-looking formulas to use them in other programs like for presentations. \end_layout \begin_layout Description PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (dvipdfm) This uses the program \family typewriter dvipdfm \family default that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to PDF. \end_layout \begin_layout Description PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ps2pdf) This uses the program \family typewriter ps2pdf \family default that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file. The PostScript-version is produced by the program \family typewriter dvips \family default which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step. So this export variant consists of three conversions. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard We recommend using \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pdflatex) \family default because \family typewriter pdftex \family default supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and works without problems. If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar breakableslash or specific OpenType fonts, you might want to try out \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (XeTeX) \family default or \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (LuaTeX) \family default instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature as \family typewriter pdflatex \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection XHTML \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout FileFormats ! XHTML \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout HTML \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This file type has the extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .xhtml \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers. It does not itself contain images and the like but only links to them. When \SpecialChar LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats suitable for the purpose. For the math output you can choose in the menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Output \family default between different formats, which are described in section \emph on Math Output in XHTML \emph default of the \emph on Additional \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Features \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard XHTML output remains \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset under development \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , and not all \SpecialChar LyX features are supported yet. See the chapter \emph on \SpecialChar LyX and the World Wide Web \emph default , in the \emph on Additional Features \emph default manual, for more information. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Export\SpecialChar menuseparator LyXHTML \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Previewing \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Preview \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu \family sans Document \family default and choose \family sans View \family default or use the toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "buffer-view" \end_inset . A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:File-Formats" \end_inset ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Doc-Formats" \end_inset ). Further output formats can be selected via \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator View (Other Formats) \family default or the toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "view-others" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same viewer window using the menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Update \family default or \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Update (Other Formats) \family default , respectively. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in \SpecialChar LyX 's temporary directory. To have a real output, export your document. \end_layout \begin_layout Section A few Words about Typography \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Typography \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Hyphens, Dashes and Minus Signs \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Hyphens \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Dashes \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In \SpecialChar LyX , the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter - \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset symbol comes in four variants: the \emph on hyphen \emph default , the \emph on en dash \emph default , the \emph on em dash \emph default , and the \emph on minus sign \emph default : \begin_inset VSpace defskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Box Frameless position "t" hor_pos "c" has_inner_box 1 inner_pos "t" use_parbox 0 use_makebox 0 width "100col%" special "none" height "1in" height_special "totalheight" thickness "0.4pt" separation "3pt" shadowsize "4pt" framecolor "black" backgroundcolor "none" status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout name \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout output \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout inserted with \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout hyphen \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter - \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in text \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout en dash \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout – \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout system key combination \begin_inset Foot status open \begin_layout Plain Layout On Mac and Linux, the en dash is entered with \family sans Opt+ \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset - \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \family default and the em dash with \family sans Shift-Opt+ \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset - \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \family default ( \family sans Opt \family default is the Mac label for the right \family sans Alt \family default key). \end_layout \end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -- \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in text \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout em dash \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout — \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout system key combination or \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset --- \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in text \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout minus sign \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Formula $-$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter - \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in math mode \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset VSpace defskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Dashes can also be inserted with \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Special \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Character\SpecialChar menuseparator Symbols \family default or using the \family typewriter unicode-insert \family default \SpecialChar LyX function with the Unicode code point as argument (2013 for the em dash and 2014 for the en dash). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Hyphen and dashes are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in math mode and has a length of its own. Here are some examples: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate line- and page-breaks \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset ( \emph on hyphen \emph default ) \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate A–Z; pages \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 369–378 \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset ( \emph on en dash \emph default ) \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate The em dash is used without spaces: Oh—there's a dash. \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset ( \emph on em dash \emph default ) \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$ \end_inset \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset ( \emph on minus sign \emph default ) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard See also the \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Wikipedia entry on dashes" target "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dash" literal "false" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Dashes and Line Breaks \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Dashes-and-line-breaks" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Whether line breaks before or after dashes are allowed depends on the use case and locale, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g.: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize In English, line breaks are generally allowed after the dash, but no line break should occur if only a single character follows the dash (as in A–Z). \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize In English, dashes used to set off parenthetical statements should not start a new line. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize In French and Spanish, dashes around parenthetical statements are treated similar to brackets: line breaks are not allowed on the inner side. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard By default, dashes are output by \SpecialChar LyX to \SpecialChar LaTeX as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset ligature dashes \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (-- and ---). \SpecialChar LaTeX allows line breaks after hyphens \change_deleted -1402925745 1558782973 , \change_inserted -1402925745 1558782983 and these \change_unchanged en-dashes and em-dashes. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Line breaks before spaced en dashes \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset – common in British English and generally recommended by \emph on The Elements of Typographic Style \emph default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset – can be prevented using protected spaces. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Unwanted line breaks \series bold after \series default dashes \change_inserted -1402925745 1558782702 must \change_deleted -1402925745 1558782715 can \change_unchanged be prevented by wrapping in a makebox \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout See section \emph on Prevent Hyphenation \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \end_inset or preceding with \series bold \backslash nobreakdash \series default in \SpecialChar TeX code \change_inserted -1402925745 1558782753 , a protected space does not suffice \change_unchanged . Examples \change_inserted -1402925745 1558782332 \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted -1402925745 1558782431 It is generally recommended to set the correct language for text parts not in the document language. We don't do this here to prevent a dependency on LaTeX support for French and Spanish. \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset \change_unchanged : \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize Pages \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Box Frameless position "t" hor_pos "c" has_inner_box 1 inner_pos "t" use_parbox 0 use_makebox 1 width "" special "none" height "1in" height_special "totalheight" thickness "0.4pt" separation "3pt" shadowsize "4pt" framecolor "black" backgroundcolor "none" status open \begin_layout Plain Layout 36–39 \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Les incises \begin_inset Box Frameless position "t" hor_pos "c" has_inner_box 1 inner_pos "t" use_parbox 0 use_makebox 1 width "" special "none" height "1in" height_special "totalheight" thickness "0.4pt" separation "3pt" shadowsize "4pt" framecolor "black" backgroundcolor "none" status open \begin_layout Plain Layout – \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset même \end_layout \end_inset si tout le monde ne les aime pas \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset – sont très utiles. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize En una frase \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash nobreakdash \end_layout \end_inset —un inciso con rayas— se escribe así. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard An incorrect line break is easily overlooked because \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset – in contrast to an overfull line \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset – it does not trigger a warning in the \SpecialChar LaTeX log. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you want to globally disable line breaks after dashes, you can select the option \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Fonts\SpecialChar menuseparator Disallow line breaks after dashes \family default : \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Line breaks are still allowed after spaced dashes. They can be prevented using protected spaces (without need for a makebox or \SpecialChar TeX code). Example: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize Les incises – \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset même si tout le monde ne les aime pas \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset – sont très utiles. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate Line breaks after unspaced dashes can be allowed via the menu \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator Optional \change_deleted 1675569489 1580913043   \change_inserted 1675569489 1580913043 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \change_unchanged line \change_deleted 1675569489 1580913068   \change_inserted 1675569489 1580913068 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \change_unchanged break \family default : \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize Em-dashes without spaces—\SpecialChar allowbreak common in American English—\SpecialChar allowbreak should be followed by a line break opportunity. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This also allows hyphenation of the word following the dash (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Hyphenation" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" \end_inset ). \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate With this setting, \SpecialChar LaTeX hyphenates words also if immediately followed by em or en dashes (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Hyphenation" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Changes and Backwards Compatibility \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Up to \SpecialChar LyX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2.1, consecutive hyphen characters (-- and ---) in the LyX source were merged to en or em dashes by LaTeX. These \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset ligature dashes \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset retain the line-break properties of hyphens while literal dash characters are regarded by \SpecialChar LaTeX as \emph on non-breakable \emph default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Since \SpecialChar LyX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2.2, consecutive hyphens in the LyX source are exported to \SpecialChar LaTeX in a way that prevents ligation to dashes. \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Ligature dashes \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in documents from earlier versions are converted to literal dash characters (except in \family typewriter typewriter \family default font); typed in consecutive hyphens are merged to dash characters immediately after the input (unless the current text font is \family typewriter type \family default writer). \begin_inset Foot status open \begin_layout Plain Layout The behavior was changed since \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset lyx --help \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset became \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset lyx –help \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in PDF, Postscript, and DVI output. An unintended consequence of these changes was that all dashes were output as non-breakable dashes. This also resulted in changed line breaks in some older documents. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2.3 outputs \emph on breakable \emph default dashes by default. When opening documents edited with \SpecialChar LyX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2.2 or earlier and containing literal dash characters not followed by whitespace, the setting \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Fonts\SpecialChar menuseparator Disallow line breaks after dashes \family default is active to prevent changes to the line breaks. \series bold Warning: \series default If you used both literal and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset ligature \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset dashes in pre-\SpecialChar LyX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2.2 documents, you may need to enable or prevent individual line breaks as shown above to restore the correct line breaking behavior. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Hyphenation \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Hyphenation \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Hyphenation" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Words are not hyphenated within \SpecialChar LyX but automatically in the output. Hyphenation is done by the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold babel \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! babel \end_layout \end_inset following the rules of the document language. \SpecialChar LaTeX does not hyphenate text in the \family sans typewriter \family default font and words immediately preceded or followed by hyphens or dashes. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly; it only has problems with text in the \family sans typewriter \family default font and with unusual constructs, like \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset h3knix/m0n0wall \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . If \SpecialChar LaTeX cannot break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually. This is done with the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator Hyphenation \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Point \family default . These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to \SpecialChar LaTeX . If no hyphenation is necessary, \SpecialChar LaTeX will ignore them. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated. Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document in the form \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset A-b c \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \SpecialChar LaTeX would then see the hyphen \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset - \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset as a line break possibility. A line break at this point would look ugly. To prevent the shortcut from being broken, you can use a protected hyphen ( \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator Protected Hyphen \family default ) or put it into a makebox as described in section \emph on Prevent Hyphenation \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Punctuation Marks \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Punctuation marks \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Abbreviations and End of Sentence \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Abbreviations" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When \SpecialChar LyX calls \SpecialChar LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, \SpecialChar LaTeX automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations. \SpecialChar LaTeX then adds the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset appropriate amount of space. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and the next word. Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period that a word gets after another word. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does not work in all cases. If a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter . \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here are some examples of \emph on correct \emph default abbreviations and of the end of a sentence: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize M. Butterfly \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Don't worry. Be happy. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard And here is an example of the algorithm going wrong: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. this is too much space! \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize This is I. It's okay. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You will not see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To fix this problem, use one of the following: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Use an \family sans Inter-word \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space \family default after lowercase abbreviations (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Inter-word-Space" \end_inset ). \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Spaces ! inter-word \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Use a \family sans Thin \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space \family default between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Thin-Space" \end_inset ). \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Spaces ! thin \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Use an \family sans End \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset of \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset sentence \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset period \family default found under the \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Special \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Character \family default menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing. This function is also bound to \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence" \end_inset for easy access. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset this is too much space! \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize This is I\SpecialChar endofsentence It's okay. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences. If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because \SpecialChar LaTeX will take care of this. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors: Check out the \family sans Check \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \SpecialChar TeX \family default feature described in the section \emph on Checking \SpecialChar TeX \emph default of the \emph on Additional Features \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Quotation Marks \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Typography ! Quotation marks \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Quotation marks | see \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout { \end_layout \end_inset Typography \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX usually sets quotation marks correctly. Specifically, it will insert an opening mark at the beginning of quoted text, and use a closing mark at the end. For example, \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset open close \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . The keyboard character, \family sans " \family default , generates this automatically. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can specify what character the \family sans " \family default key produces by using the submenu \family sans Language \family default of the \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Settings \end_layout \end_inset dialog and switching the \family sans Quote Style \family default (note that \SpecialChar LyX makes a sensible proposal for the selected main language). There are 1 \change_deleted -712698321 1606924196 4 \change_inserted -712698321 1606924196 5 \change_unchanged \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset choices: \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring <> and <>: \noindent \family sans \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Outer \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes els \end_inset inner \begin_inset Quotes ers \end_inset \family default Produces \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset these outer \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes els \end_inset these inner \begin_inset Quotes ers \end_inset quotation marks (as common, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g., in the US) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring <> and <>: \family sans \begin_inset Quotes sld \end_inset Outer \begin_inset Quotes sld \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes sls \end_inset inner \begin_inset Quotes srs \end_inset \family default Produces \begin_inset Quotes sld \end_inset these outer \begin_inset Quotes sld \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes sls \end_inset these inner \begin_inset Quotes srs \end_inset quotation marks (as common, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g., in Sweden) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring <> and <>: \family sans \begin_inset Quotes gld \end_inset Outer \begin_inset Quotes grd \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes gls \end_inset inner \begin_inset Quotes grs \end_inset \family default Produces \begin_inset Quotes gld \end_inset these outer \begin_inset Quotes grd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes gls \end_inset these inner \begin_inset Quotes grs \end_inset quotation marks (as common, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g., in Germany) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring <> and <>: \family sans \begin_inset Quotes pld \end_inset Outer \begin_inset Quotes prd \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes pls \end_inset inner \begin_inset Quotes prs \end_inset \family default Produces \begin_inset Quotes pld \end_inset these outer \begin_inset Quotes prd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes pls \end_inset these inner \begin_inset Quotes prs \end_inset quotation marks (as common, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g., in Poland) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring <> and <>: \family sans \begin_inset Quotes cld \end_inset Outer \begin_inset Quotes crd \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes cls \end_inset inner \begin_inset Quotes crs \end_inset \family default Produces \begin_inset Quotes cld \end_inset these outer \begin_inset Quotes crd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes cls \end_inset these inner \begin_inset Quotes crs \end_inset quotation marks (as common, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g., in Switzerland) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring <> and <>: \family sans \begin_inset Quotes ald \end_inset Outer \begin_inset Quotes ard \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes als \end_inset inner \begin_inset Quotes ars \end_inset \family default Produces \begin_inset Quotes ald \end_inset these outer \begin_inset Quotes ard \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes als \end_inset these inner \begin_inset Quotes ars \end_inset quotation marks (as common, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g., in Denmark) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring <> and <>: \family sans \begin_inset Quotes qrd \end_inset Outer \begin_inset Quotes qrd \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes qls \end_inset inner \begin_inset Quotes qls \end_inset \family default Produces \begin_inset Quotes qrd \end_inset these outer \begin_inset Quotes qrd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes qls \end_inset these inner \begin_inset Quotes qls \end_inset quotation marks (so-called plain or non-typographical quotation marks) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring <> and <>: \family sans \begin_inset Quotes bld \end_inset Outer \begin_inset Quotes brd \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes bls \end_inset inner \begin_inset Quotes brs \end_inset \family default Produces \begin_inset Quotes bld \end_inset these outer \begin_inset Quotes brd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes bls \end_inset these inner \begin_inset Quotes brs \end_inset quotation marks (as common, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g., in Great Britain) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring <> and <>: \family sans \begin_inset Quotes fld \end_inset Outer \begin_inset Quotes frd \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes fls \end_inset inner \begin_inset Quotes frs \end_inset \family default Produces \begin_inset Quotes fld \end_inset these outer \begin_inset Quotes frd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes fls \end_inset these inner \begin_inset Quotes frs \end_inset quotation marks (as common, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g., in France) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring <> and <>: \family sans \begin_inset Quotes ild \end_inset Outer \begin_inset Quotes ird \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes ils \end_inset inner \begin_inset Quotes irs \end_inset \family default Produces \begin_inset Quotes ild \end_inset these outer \begin_inset Quotes ird \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes ils \end_inset these inner \begin_inset Quotes irs \end_inset quotation marks (another style common in France) \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Maybe you wonder why one does not simply use only outer marks in this case, since these look identical to the inner marks. The answer is that you cannot easily switch to another style then (where the inner marks differ). \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring <> and <>: \family sans \begin_inset Quotes rld \end_inset Outer \begin_inset Quotes rrd \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes rls \end_inset inner \begin_inset Quotes rrs \end_inset \family default Produces \begin_inset Quotes rld \end_inset these outer \begin_inset Quotes rrd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes rls \end_inset these inner \begin_inset Quotes rrs \end_inset quotation marks (as common, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g., in Russia) \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring <> and <>: \family sans \begin_inset Quotes wld \end_inset Outer \begin_inset Quotes wrd \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes wls \end_inset inner \begin_inset Quotes wrs \end_inset \family default Produces \begin_inset Quotes wld \end_inset these outer \begin_inset Quotes wrd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes wls \end_inset these inner \begin_inset Quotes wrs \end_inset quotation marks (another style common in Sweden) \change_inserted -712698321 1606924211 \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring <> and <>: \change_inserted -712698321 1606924279 \family sans \begin_inset Quotes pld \end_inset Outer \begin_inset Quotes prd \end_inset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes ald \end_inset inner \begin_inset Quotes ard \end_inset \family default Produces \family sans \begin_inset Quotes pld \end_inset \family default these outer \family sans \begin_inset Quotes prd \end_inset \family default and \family sans \begin_inset Quotes ald \end_inset \family default these inner \family sans \begin_inset Quotes ard \end_inset \family default quotation marks (as common in Hungary) \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring <> and <>: \begin_inset Quotes jld \end_inset \family sans Outer \family default \begin_inset Quotes jrd \end_inset \family sans \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \family default \begin_inset Quotes jls \end_inset \family sans inner \family default \begin_inset Quotes jrs \end_inset Produces \begin_inset Quotes jld \end_inset these outer \begin_inset Quotes jrd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes jls \end_inset these inner \begin_inset Quotes jrs \end_inset quotation marks (as common, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g., in Japan) \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted -131811572 1600338376 \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "fn:cjk-quotes" \end_inset \change_unchanged Note that these characters are just emulated with similar-looking math symbols in many encodings that do not cover these glyphs. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring <> and <>: \begin_inset Quotes kld \end_inset \family sans Outer \family default \begin_inset Quotes krd \end_inset \family sans \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \family default \begin_inset Quotes kls \end_inset \family sans inner \family default \begin_inset Quotes krs \end_inset Produces \begin_inset Quotes kld \end_inset these outer \begin_inset Quotes krd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes kls \end_inset these inner \begin_inset Quotes krs \end_inset quotation marks (as common, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g., in North Korea and China) \change_inserted -131811572 1600338410 \begin_inset script superscript \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted -131811572 1600338410 \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "fn:cjk-quotes" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" \end_inset \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset \change_deleted -131811572 1600338417 \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Note that these characters are just emulated with similar-looking math symbols in many encodings that do not cover these glyphs. \end_layout \end_inset \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Inner quotation marks \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout In many writing cultures, these are single quotation marks. But as the British and French styles show, this is not necessarily the case (and specifically the British style shows that \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset outer \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset does not necessarily mean \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset double \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ). This is why we call them \begin_inset Quotes els \end_inset inner \begin_inset Quotes ers \end_inset as opposed to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset outer \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset quotation marks. \end_layout \end_inset for quotations inside quotations (and other tasks in some languages, such as \begin_inset Quotes els \end_inset scare quotes \begin_inset Quotes ers \end_inset ) can be obtained by means of the shortcut \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "quote-insert inner" \end_inset and via the \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Special Characters \family default menu. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard By default, the quotation mark styles are persistent. That is to say, a quotation mark maintains the style that was current when it was inserted, even if the document-wide style changes. This allows you to enter marks of different style. If you check the setting \family sans Use dynamic quotation marks \family default in \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Language \family default , however, special quotation marks will be inserted (in the LyX window, they appear in a special color). These marks will automatically adapt to the main style (and its changes). Such quotation marks make it easy to alter the quotation mark style in one step (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g., if your publisher requests a different style). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Individual quotation marks (i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e., their level [inner, outer], side [opening, closing], and style) can be easily switched by a context menu that pops up if you right-click on a mark. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Ligatures \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Typography ! Ligatures \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Ligatures | see \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout { \end_layout \end_inset Typography \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Ligatures" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and print them as single characters. These groups are known as \emph on ligatures \emph default . Since \SpecialChar LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too in the output. Here are the standard ligatures: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize ff \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize fi \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize fl \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize ffi \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize ffl \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word. While a ligature may be okay in the word, \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset graffiti, \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset it looks really weird in compound words, such as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset cufflink \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset or the German \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Dorffest. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset To break a ligature, use \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator Ligature \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Break. \family default This changes \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset cufflinks \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset cuff\SpecialChar ligaturebreak links \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Dorffest \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Dorf\SpecialChar ligaturebreak fest \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \SpecialChar LyX and \SpecialChar LaTeX Logos \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LyX ! Proper names \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Via \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Special Characters\SpecialChar menuseparator Logos \family default , \SpecialChar LyX provides the following program logos with special formatting: \end_layout \begin_layout Description \SpecialChar LyX The name of the game. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \SpecialChar TeX The typesetting engine used by \SpecialChar LyX . \end_layout \begin_layout Description \SpecialChar LaTeX The \SpecialChar TeX macro collection used by \SpecialChar LyX . \end_layout \begin_layout Description \SpecialChar LaTeX2e The current version of \SpecialChar LaTeX . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You might wonder why the \SpecialChar LaTeX version is \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset 2 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . It is an old tradition in the \SpecialChar TeX world to give programs geek version numbers. For example the version number of \SpecialChar TeX converges to the number \begin_inset Formula $\pi$ \end_inset : The actual version is \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \SpecialChar TeX -3.141592 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , the previous one was \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \SpecialChar TeX -3.14159 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Units \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Typography ! Units \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal space between two words. As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is smaller. To get such a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset half space \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset for units use the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator Thin \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space \family default (shortcut \begin_inset Info type "shortcuts" arg "space-insert thin" \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here is an example to show the differences: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 24 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset kW \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$ \end_inset h \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout space between number and unit \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 24 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset kW \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$ \end_inset h \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout half space between number and unit \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Widows and Orphans \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Typography ! Widows and orphans \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page happened to end. There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text. For example the heading for a new section was printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line of a paragraph at the top of a new page. These bits of text became known as \emph on widows \emph default and \emph on orphans \emph default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Clearly, \SpecialChar LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading. That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments. But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules built into \SpecialChar LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there specifical ly to prevent widows and orphans. If they appear nevertheless and you don't like them, you can add the commands \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold \backslash widowpenalty=10000 \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \backslash clubpenalty=10000 \series default \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset to the \SpecialChar LaTeX preamble of your document to avoid them. Some \SpecialChar LaTeX books (such as \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "latexcompanion" literal "true" \end_inset or \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "latexguide" literal "true" \end_inset ) have more information about the technical details of \SpecialChar LaTeX 's page break mechanism. \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter Notes, Graphics, Tables and Floats \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "chap:Floats-and-Notes" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Notes \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Notes \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Notes" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document: \end_layout \begin_layout Description \SpecialChar LyX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Note Note status open \begin_layout Plain Layout This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it does appear as a \SpecialChar LaTeX -comment when you export the document to \SpecialChar LaTeX via the menu \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Export\SpecialChar menuseparator LaTeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (xxx) \family default . \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Note Comment status open \begin_layout Plain Layout This is text in a note box that only appears as a comment in \SpecialChar LaTeX -files. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description Greyed \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can set in the document settings under \family sans Colors\SpecialChar menuseparator Greyed-out \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset notes \family default . \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout This is the text \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout This is an example footnote within a greyed out note. In this document the color of this note type is set to blue. \end_layout \end_inset of a comment that appears in the output. \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset As you can see in the example, greyed out notes can have footnotes. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Notes are inserted with the toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "note-insert" \end_inset or the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Note \family default . Right-click on the note box that appears to select the note type. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Footnotes \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Footnotes \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Footnotes" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Footnote \family default or the toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "footnote-insert" \end_inset , \family roman \series medium \bar no you will see \family default \series default \bar default a box like this: \begin_inset Graphics filename clipart/footnote.png scale 95 \end_inset \family roman \series medium \bar no This box is \SpecialChar LyX 's representation of your footnote. If you \family default \series default \bar default left-click on \family roman \series medium \bar no the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans foot \family roman \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \family default \series default \bar default \family roman \series medium \bar no label, the box will \family default \series default \bar default be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it. Clicking on the box label again will close \family roman \series medium \bar no the \family default \series default \bar default box \family roman \series medium \bar no . If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply highlight it and click on the footnote \family default \series default \bar default toolbar \family roman \series medium \bar no button \family default \series default \bar default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here is an example footnote: \family roman \series medium \bar no \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text position where the footnote box is placed. The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page. The footnote number is calculated by \SpecialChar LyX according to the document class. \SpecialChar LyX does not yet support a particular numbering scheme, but you can get other schemes using special \SpecialChar LaTeX -commands. T \family roman h \family default ey are described in the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Marginal Notes \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Marginal notes \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Marginal-Notes" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in \SpecialChar LyX . When you insert a margin note via the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Marginal \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Note \family default or the toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "marginalnote-insert" \end_inset , you will see \family roman \series medium a \family default \series default \family roman \series medium box with the \family default \series default \family roman \series medium label \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset margin \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset appearing within your text. This box is \SpecialChar LyX 's representation of your margin \family default \series default al \family roman \series medium note. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard At the side of this sentence is an example marginal note. \family roman \series medium \begin_inset Marginal status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \align left This is a marginal note. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents. In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even pages, right on odd pages. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard For further information about marginal notes see the section \emph on Margin \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Notes \emph default in the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Graphics and Images \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Images \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Graphics \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Graphics" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position you want and click on the toolbar icon \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics" \end_inset or select \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Graphics \family default from the menu. Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters. The \family sans Graphics \family default tab allows you to choose your image file. The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling factor. The scaling units are explained in Appendix \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "chap:Units-available-in" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In the tab \family sans Clipping \family default it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width of the image in the output. The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button \family sans Get \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset from \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset file \family default . The option \family sans Clip \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset to \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset bounding \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset box \family default will only print the image region within the given coordinates. Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore the tab \family sans Clipping \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In the \family sans LaTeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset LyX options \family default tab \SpecialChar LaTeX experts can specify additional \SpecialChar LaTeX options. In this tab you can also specify the appearance of the image inside \SpecialChar LyX . The option \family sans Draft \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset mode \family default has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame with the image size is printed. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image. Images will appear in the output exactly at the position where they are in the text. This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Graphics filename clipart/2D-intensity-plot.pdf scale 70 \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you need image captions or want to reference images, you have to put the image into a float, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Figure-Floats" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Image Formats \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Images ! Formats \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Image-Formats" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can insert images in any known file format. But as we explained in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Output-file-formats" \end_inset , every output document format allows only a few image formats. \SpecialChar LyX therefore uses the program \family typewriter ImageMagick \family default in the background to convert the images to the right format. To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background, use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Output-file-formats" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats: \end_layout \begin_layout Description Bitmap \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form. They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms. Well-known bitmap image formats are \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Graphics Interchange Format \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (GIF, file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .gif \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout GIF|see \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout { \end_layout \end_inset Image formats \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Portable Network Graphics \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (PNG, file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .png \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout PNG|see \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout { \end_layout \end_inset Image formats \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset , and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Joint Photographic Experts Group \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (JPG, file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .jpg \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .jpeg \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout JPG|see \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout { \end_layout \end_inset Image formats \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Scalable \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without data loss. The scaling ability is desired if you want to create presentations, because presentations are always scaled by the beamer. Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Scalable image formats can be \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Scalable Vector Graphics \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (SVG, file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .svg \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout SVG|see \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout { \end_layout \end_inset Image formats \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Encapsulated PostScript \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (EPS, file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .eps \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout EPS|see \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout { \end_layout \end_inset Image formats \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset , and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Portable Document Format \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (PDF, file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter .pdf \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout PDF \end_layout \end_inset . We say \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset can be \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF or EPS and the result will not be scalable. In this case only a header with the image properties is added to the original image. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only \emph on vice versa \emph default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Grouping of Image Settings \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Images ! Settings grouping \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing group. Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in the same way. So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the need to manually change each of them. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A new group can be set by pressing the button \family sans Open \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset new \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset group \family default in the \family sans Graphics \family default dialog in the \family sans LaTeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset LyX options \family default tab. Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image and checking the name of the desired group. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Tables \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Tables \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Tables" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can insert a table using either the toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "tabular-insert" \end_inset or the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Table \family default . A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns \change_inserted -712698321 1554288358 , and you can select a specific (border) style \change_unchanged . The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated from the rest of the table. This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above them. Here is an example table: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 1 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 2 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 3 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none A \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none B \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none C \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \change_inserted -712698321 1554288479 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1554288540 This corresponds to the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Grid with Head \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset table style listed in the style selection. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1554288387 Other available styles include: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1554288551 A \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset simple grid \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset which looks line the above table, but without the first row being separated via double line, \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1554288764 a border-less table with no lines at all, \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1554289543 and a so-called \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset formal table \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset as often used in professional publishing with horizontal lines only and bold top/bottom lines (see \emph on Embedded Objects \emph default manual, section \emph on Formal Tables \emph default ). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1554288823 The default style used in the dialog as well as the style used by the toolbar button can be changed in \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Text Layout \family default . So if the default style above is not the one you need, you should alter this setting. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Table Dialog \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button and then choosing \family sans More\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default . This brings up the table dialog. Here you can adjust the settings of the cell, row and/or column where the cursor is placed currently. Most of the dialog options also work on selections. This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is done on all of your selection. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In addition to the table dialog, the \family sans table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset toolbar \family default helps you in setting table properties. It appears if the cursor is inside a table. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In the tab \family sans Table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Settings \family default of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row. If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the current cell respectively. The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width is given. A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs of text, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Table-Cells" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell using the check box \family sans Multicolumn \family default or \family sans Multirow \family default . This will merge the cells to \emph on one \emph default cell, spread over more than one column/row. Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width, and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell. Here is an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one in the last row without the upper border: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout abc \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout def ghi \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout jkl \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none A \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout B \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout C \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout D \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 1 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 2 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 3 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 4 \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Adept users can declare special \SpecialChar LaTeX -arguments for the table. They are necessary for special table formatting, such as the multirow cells, explained in the chapter \emph on Tables \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table. These rotations are not visible in \SpecialChar LyX but are visible in the output. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default Most DVI-viewers are \emph on not \emph default able to display rotations. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family sans Borders \family default tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column. The button \family sans Default \family default adds lines for all cell borders. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Multi-page Tables \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Tables ! Multi-page \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Multi-page tables \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option \family sans Use \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset multi-page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset table \family default in the tab \family sans Multi-page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset table \family default of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages. Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define: \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans Header \family default : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable. Except for the first page, if \family sans First \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset header \family default is defined. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans First \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset header \family default : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans Footer \family default : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable, except for the last page, if \family sans Last \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset footer \family default is defined. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans Last \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset footer \family default : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Caption: The first row is reset as a single column. You can now insert there the table caption via the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Caption \family default . More about multi-page table captions can be found in the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can also specify a row where the table is split. If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware that then only the first option is used; the others will be defined as \emph on empty \emph default . In this context, first means first in this order: \family sans Footer, Last \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset footer, \family default \family sans Header, \family default \family sans First \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset header \family default ; see the following longtable to see how it works: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Example Phone List (ignore the names) \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold NAME \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold TEL. \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Example Phone List \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold NAME \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold TEL. \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold continue ... \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Annovi \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Silvia \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Bertoli \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Stefano \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Bozzi \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Walter \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Cachia \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Maria \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Cachia \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Maurizio \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Cinquemani \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Giusi \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Colin \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Bernard \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Concli \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Gianfranco \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Dal Bosco \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Carolina \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Dalpiaz \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Annamaria \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Feliciello \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Domenico \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Focarelli \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Paola \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Galletti \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Oreste \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Gasparini \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Franca \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Rizzardi \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Paola \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Lassini \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Giancarlo \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Malfatti \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Luciano \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Malfatti \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Valeriano \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Meneguzzo \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Roberto \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Mezzadra \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Roberto \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Pirpamer \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Erich \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Pochiesa \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Paolo \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111, 222 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Radina \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Claudio \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Stuffer \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Oskar \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Tacchelli \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Ugo \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Tezzele \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Margit \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Unterkalmsteiner \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Frieda \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Vieider \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Hilde \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Vigna \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Jürgen \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Weber \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Maurizio \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Winkler \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Franz \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 111 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Annovi \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Silvia \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Bertoli \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Stefano \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Bozzi \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Walter \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Cachia \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Maria \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Cachia \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Maurizio \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Cinquemani \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Giusi \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Colin \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Bernard \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Concli \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Gianfranco \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Dal Bosco \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Carolina \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Dalpiaz \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Annamaria \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Feliciello \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Domenico \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Focarelli \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Paola \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Galletti \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Oreste \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Gasparini \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Franca \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Rizzardi \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Paola \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Lassini \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Giancarlo \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Malfatti \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Luciano \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Malfatti \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Valeriano \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Meneguzzo \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Roberto \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Mezzadra \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Roberto \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Pirpamer \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Erich \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Pochiesa \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Paolo \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555, 222 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Radina \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Claudio \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Stuffer \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Oskar \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Tacchelli \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Ugo \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Tezzele \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Margit \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Unterkalmsteiner \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Frieda \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Vieider \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Hilde \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Vigna \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Jürgen \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 999 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Weber \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Maurizio \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Winkler \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Franz \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout 555 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold End \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Table Cells \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Tables ! Cells \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Table-Cells" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table. All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell. Font sizes and shapes can also be altered. But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like \family sans Section* \family default , etc.), nor set spacing options for the cell's paragraph. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width for the column in the table dialog. Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width. An example: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 1 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 2 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 3 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 4 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none This is a multi-line entry in a table. \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 5 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 6 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none This is longer now. \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 7 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 8 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none This is a multi-line entry in a table. This is longer now. \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 9 \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well. You can even cut and paste more than one row. \begin_inset Foot status open \begin_layout Plain Layout Note that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3. \end_layout \end_inset Selection with the mouse or with \family sans Shift \family default plus the arrow keys works as usual. You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting the selection from outside the table. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Floats \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Floats \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Floats" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't have a fixed location. It can \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset float \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best. \family sans Footnotes \family default and \family sans Margin \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Notes \family default are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are too many notes on the current page. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout. Images and tables can be distributed evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace and pages without text. As the floating often destroys the spatial context between the text and the image/table, every float can be referenced in the text. Floats are therefore numbered. Referencing is described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Cross-References" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To insert a float, use the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Float \family default . A box with a caption will be inserted into your document. The label will automatically be translated to the document language in the output. After the label you can insert the caption text. \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Floats ! Captions \end_layout \end_inset The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate paragraph within the float. To keep your \SpecialChar LyX -document readable, you can open and close the float box by left-clicking on the box label. A closed float box looks like this: \begin_inset Graphics filename clipart/float.png scale 80 \end_inset – a gray button with a red label. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You should insert floats in a separate paragraph to avoid possible \SpecialChar LaTeX -errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Figure Floats \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Figure-Floats" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Floats ! Figure floats \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Figure \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "fig:A-star-in" \end_inset was created using the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Float\SpecialChar menuseparator Figure \family default (toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "float-insert figure" \end_inset ). The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and using the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Graphics \family default (toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics" \end_inset ). The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor to the left or right of the image and using the menu \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Paragraph \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Settings \family default (toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "layout-paragraph" \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float figure placement document alignment document wide false sideways false status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center \begin_inset Graphics filename clipart/Star-structure.pdf lyxscale 60 width 50col% \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Caption Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "fig:A-star-in" \end_inset A star in a float. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference to it: Insert a label into the caption using the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Label \family default (toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "label-insert" \end_inset ) and refer to it using the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Cross-Reference \family default (toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref" \end_inset ). It is important to use cross-references to figure floats rather than using vague references like \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset the figure above \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , because, as \SpecialChar LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it might not be \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset above \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset at all. For more about cross-references, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Cross-References" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you might want to use two images with separate subcaptions. This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats. Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:List-of-Figures" \end_inset . Figure \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "fig:Two-images" \end_inset is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side. You can also set the images one below the other. Figure \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "fig:Undefinable" \end_inset and \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "fig:Star" \end_inset are the subfigures. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float figure placement document alignment document wide false sideways false status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset \begin_inset Float figure placement document alignment document wide false sideways false status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Caption Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "fig:Undefinable" \end_inset Undefinable \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Graphics filename clipart/3D-structure-distort.pdf lyxscale 60 width 45col% \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset \begin_inset Float figure placement document alignment document wide false sideways false status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Caption Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "fig:Star" \end_inset Star \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Graphics filename clipart/Star-structure.pdf lyxscale 60 width 45col% \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Caption Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "fig:Two-images" \end_inset Two images. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Table Floats \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Floats ! Table floats \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Table floats can be inserted using the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Float\SpecialChar menuseparator Table \family default or the toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "float-insert table" \end_inset . They have the same properties as figure floats except that the table in the float is normally placed below the caption and not above like for figures and that the label begins with “tab:”. Table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Table-float" \end_inset is a table float. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table placement document alignment document wide false sideways false status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Caption Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "tab:Table-float" \end_inset A table float. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 1 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 2 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 3 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Joe \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Mary \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Ted \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc} a & b\\ c & d \end{array}\right]$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection More Information \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Floats ! Details \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX offers you further float types as well as rotated floats. It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float caption. All these features are explained in detail with many examples in the chapter \emph on Floats \emph default in the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Minipages \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Minipages \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LaTeX provides a mechanism essentially to produce a page within a page, called a minipage. Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset apply. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Minipages in \SpecialChar LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Box \family default . Right-clicking on the box label allows you to alter the width of the minipage and its alignment within the page. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Box Frameless position "t" hor_pos "c" has_inner_box 1 inner_pos "t" use_parbox 0 use_makebox 0 width "30col%" special "none" height "1pt" height_special "totalheight" thickness "0.4pt" separation "3pt" shadowsize "4pt" framecolor "black" backgroundcolor "none" status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \shape italic This is a minipage. The text is set in an italic style. \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \shape italic Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs another formatting. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use \family sans Horizontal Fills \family default as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Horizontal-Space" \end_inset : \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Box Frameless position "t" hor_pos "c" has_inner_box 1 inner_pos "t" use_parbox 0 use_makebox 0 width "1.5in" special "none" height "1pt" height_special "totalheight" thickness "0.4pt" separation "3pt" shadowsize "4pt" framecolor "black" backgroundcolor "none" status open \begin_layout Plain Layout This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text. This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage. \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset space \hfill{} \end_inset \begin_inset Box Frameless position "t" hor_pos "c" has_inner_box 1 inner_pos "t" use_parbox 0 use_makebox 0 width "1.5in" special "none" height "1pt" height_special "totalheight" thickness "0.4pt" separation "3pt" shadowsize "4pt" framecolor "black" backgroundcolor "none" status open \begin_layout Plain Layout This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text. This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When you right-click on a minipage box, you can transform the box to another box type. All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter \emph on Boxes \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter Mathematical Formulas \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Formulas|see \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout { \end_layout \end_inset Math \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "chap:Mathematical-Formulas" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the \emph on Math \emph default manual. There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Basic Math Editing \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Basics \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "math-mode on" \end_inset (shortcut \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "math-mode" \end_inset ). That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its corners. That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate what level of nesting within the formula you are at. You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Math \family default menu. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done with the \family sans math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset toolbar \family default , that appears if the cursor is in a formula. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are two main types of formulas, inline formulas and display formulas. Inline formulas appear within a text line, like this one: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This is a line with an inline formula \begin_inset Formula $A=B$ \end_inset in it. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in a separate paragraph, like this one: \begin_inset Formula \[ A=B \] \end_inset You can only number and reference displayed formulas. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX also supports many \SpecialChar LaTeX math commands. For example, typing \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \series bold \backslash alpha \series default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ \end_inset . Typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Panel \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Navigating in Formulas \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Navigating \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is achieved with the arrow keys. \SpecialChar LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted. The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula. Pressing \family sans Space \family default will leave a formula construct (a square root \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$ \end_inset , or parentheses \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$ \end_inset , or a matrix \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc} 1 & 2\\ 3 & 4 \end{array}\right]$ \end_inset ). Pressing \family sans Escape \family default will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula. \family sans Tab \family default can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans Space \family default , printed in this document as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{} \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between characters, but it does exit a nested structure. For this reason, you have to be careful about using \family sans Space \family default . For example, if you want \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$ \end_inset , type \series bold \backslash sqrt \begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{} \end_inset 2x+1 \series default and not \series bold \backslash sqrt \begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{} \end_inset 2x \begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{} \end_inset +1 \series default , since in the latter case only the \family typewriter \begin_inset Formula $2x$ \end_inset \family default will be under the square root sign: \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$ \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled in, such as: \begin_inset Formula \[ \left(\begin{array}{ccc} \lambda_{1}\\ & \ddots\\ & & \lambda_{n} \end{array}\right) \] \end_inset If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Selecting Text \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can select text within a formula in two different ways. Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press \family sans Shift \family default and a cursor movement key to select text. It will be highlighted as with regular text selection. Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way. That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula, but not in a normal text region in \SpecialChar LyX . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Exponents and Subscripts \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Exponents \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Subscripts \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts (buttons \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "math-superscript" \end_inset and \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "math-subscript" \end_inset ), but it is often much easier to use a command. To get \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$ \end_inset , type in a formula \series bold x^2 \begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{} \end_inset \series default . The final \family sans Space \family default puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression. If you type \series bold x^2y \series default , you will get \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$ \end_inset , to get \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$ \end_inset , type \series bold x^2 \begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{} \end_inset y \series default . If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the circumflex \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset ^ \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , you have to use an extra \family sans Space \family default to separate the circumflex and the character. For example, if you want \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$ \end_inset , type \series bold x^ \begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{} \end_inset a \series default . Subscripts are similar: To get \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$ \end_inset , type \series bold a_1 \begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{} \end_inset \series default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Fractions \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Fractions \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Create a fraction either with the command \series bold \backslash frac \series default or by using the icon \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "math-insert \\frac" \end_inset in the \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Panel \family default . You will be presented with an empty fraction. The cursor is above the fraction line. To move it to the bottom, simply press \family sans Down \family default . To move back up, press \family sans Up \family default . Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows: \begin_inset Formula \[ \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc} 2 & 3\\ 4 & 5 \end{array}\right)}\right] \] \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Roots \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Roots \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Roots can be created using the \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Panel \family default buttons \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "math-insert \\sqrt" \end_inset or \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "math-insert \\root" \end_inset or the commands \series bold \backslash sqrt \series default or \series bold \backslash root \series default . With the command \series bold \backslash root \series default you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while \series bold \backslash sqrt \series default always produces a square root. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Operators with Limits \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Sums \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Integrals \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Operators-with-Limits" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Sum ( \begin_inset Formula $\sum$ \end_inset ) and integral ( \begin_inset Formula $\int$ \end_inset ) operators are very often decorated with limits. These limits can be entered in \SpecialChar LyX by entering them as you would enter a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol. The sum operator will automatically place its \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset limits \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and to the side in inline formulas, as in \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$ \end_inset , versus \begin_inset Formula \[ \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e \] \end_inset Integral signs, however, will place the limits to the side in both formula types. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in display mode. The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly behind the operator and using the menu \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Math\SpecialChar menuseparator Change \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Limits \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Type \family default or entering \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "math-limits" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Certain other mathematical expressions also have this \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset moving limits \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset feature, such as \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Limits \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Formula \[ \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x), \] \end_inset which will place the \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$ \end_inset underneath the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset lim \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in display mode. In inline formulas it looks like this: \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$ \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro \series bold \backslash lim \series default . Have a look at section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Functions" \end_inset for an explanation of function macros. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Math Symbols \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Symbols \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Most math symbols can be found in the \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Panel \family default under one of several categories; including \family sans Greek \family default , \family sans Operators \family default , \family sans Relations \family default , \family sans Arrows \family default . There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical Society (AMS). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you know the \SpecialChar LaTeX -command for a construct or symbol you wish to use, you don't have to use the \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Panel \family default ; you can type the command directly into the formula. \SpecialChar LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Altering Spacing \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Spaces \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that \SpecialChar LaTeX provides. To do this, press \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "command-alternatives math-space ; space-insert protected" \end_inset or use the \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Panel \family default button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "math-insert \\space" \end_inset . This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen. For example, the sequence \series bold a Ctrl+Space b \series default : \begin_inset Formula $a\,b$ \end_inset appears in \SpecialChar LyX as \begin_inset Graphics filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png \end_inset . You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind the space marker and enter space again several times. With every space enter the size will be changed. Some markers for the space size appear red in \SpecialChar LyX , because they are negative spaces. Here are two examples: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold a Ctrl+Space b \series default and 3× \family sans Space \family default : \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$ \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold a Ctrl+Space b \series default and 5× \family sans Space \family default : \begin_inset Formula $a\!b$ \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Functions \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Functions \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Functions" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Panel \family default contains under the button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "math-insert \\functions" \end_inset a number of function macros, such as \begin_inset Formula $\sin$ \end_inset , \begin_inset Formula $\lim$ \end_inset , \emph on etc \emph default . (you can also insert them in a formula by typing \series bold \backslash sin \series default etc.). Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to avoid confusions, because \begin_inset Formula $sin$ \end_inset does normally mean \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$ \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function: \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$ \end_inset is different from \begin_inset Formula $asinx$ \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard For some mathematical objects, like limits, the macro changes where subscripts are placed, as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Operators-with-Limits" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Accents \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Accents \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text mode. This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use. You can also use \SpecialChar LaTeX commands, for example, to enter \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$ \end_inset even if your keyboard doesn't have the circumflex enabled. Our example is entered by typing \series bold \backslash hat \begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{} \end_inset a \series default in a formula. Table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Accent-names-and" \end_inset shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table placement document alignment document wide false sideways false status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Caption Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "tab:Accent-names-and" \end_inset Accent names and the corresponding commands. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Name \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Command \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout E \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none xample \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none circumflex \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash hat \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none grave \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash grave \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none acute \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash acute \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none umlaut \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash ddot \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none tilde \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash tilde \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none dot \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash dot \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none breve \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash breve \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none caron \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash check \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none macron \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash bar \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout vector \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash vec \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the \family sans Frame \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset decorations \family default symbol set button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "math-insert \\hat" \end_inset in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have made within a formula too. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Brackets and Delimiters \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Brackets \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Delimiters \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are several brackets available through \SpecialChar LyX . For some purposes, using just the keys \family typewriter []{}()|<> \family default should suffice. But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction, or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math toolbar delimiter icon \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter" \end_inset . For example, if you construct the brackets around a matrix in this way: \begin_inset Formula \[ \left[\begin{array}{cc} 1 & 2\\ 3 & 4 \end{array}\right] \] \end_inset it makes it easier to see the layers of parentheses. Below, the expression on the left was entered using the delimiter icon \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter" \end_inset and the expression on the right was entered using the \family typewriter () \family default keys. \begin_inset Formula \[ \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\qquad\qquad\frac{1}{(1+(\frac{1}{1+(\frac{1}{1+x})}))} \] \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you use the delimiter icon, the parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size to accommodate the size of what is inside. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the left side and right side. If you use the option \family sans Keep \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset matched \family default , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side. The selection will be shown as \SpecialChar TeX code. If you want one side not to have a bracket, use \family sans (none) \family default . It will appear in \SpecialChar LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you want to place brackets around existing math structures, like a square root, you can do so by first highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go inside the brackets. Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on \family sans Insert \family default . The most common bracket combinations (parentheses, square brackets, and braces, on both sides) can be entered more quickly using keyboard shortcuts. For example, to insert a pair of parentheses, select the structure and enter \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "math-delim ( )" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section Arrays and Multi-line Equations \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Arrays \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Matrices \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Multi-line Equations \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Matrices are entered in \SpecialChar LyX using the \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Panel \family default matrix button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show mathmatrix" \end_inset . It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns. Here is an example: \begin_inset Formula \[ \left(\begin{array}{ccc} 1 & 2 & 3\\ 4 & 5 & 6\\ 7 & 8 & 9 \end{array}\right) \] \end_inset The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters" \end_inset . When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries will be left-, right-, or center-justified. This alignment is set in the box \family sans Horizontal \family default with the letters \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans l \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans r \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans c \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \SpecialChar LyX proposes a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans c \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset for every column as default. For example, the sequence \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans lcr \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter corresponds to the relevant column. The result will look like this: \begin_inset Formula \[ \begin{array}{lcr} this & this\,column & this\,column\\ column & has & has\,right\\ has\,left\,alignment & center\,alignment & alignment \end{array}. \] \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can add more rows to an existing matrix by entering \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset while the cursor is in the matrix. Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Math \family default or the math toolbar. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases. It can be created with the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Math\SpecialChar menuseparator Cases \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Environment \family default or the command \series bold \backslash cases \series default . Here is an example: \begin_inset Formula \[ f(x)=\begin{cases} -1 & x<0\\ 0 & x=0\\ 1 & x>0 \end{cases} \] \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset Multi-line formulas are created when you press \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset within a formula. In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each column. When you press \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset = \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign is in the second column, and the rest in the third column. A new row is created by every further entry of \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "newline-insert newline" \end_inset . Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas. Here is an example: \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray} a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\ a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared} \end{eqnarray} \end_inset Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs so structures in this column will be printed in a smaller size: \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*} \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} \end{eqnarray*} \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The multi-line formula type described here is called \family typewriter \series medium eqnarray \family default \series default . There are other multi-line types more suitable for certain situations, for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand eqref reference "eq:asquared" \end_inset . The other types are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:AMS-Formula-Types" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section Formula Numbering and Referencing \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Formula numbering \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Referencing formulas \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Math\SpecialChar menuseparator Number \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Whole \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Formula \family default or the shortcut \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "math-number-toggle" \end_inset . The formula number appears in \SpecialChar LyX within parentheses. The number shown is temporary and may be different when the output is generated. The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on the document class. In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number, separated by a dot: \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation} 1+1=2 \end{equation} \end_inset Using \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "math-number-toggle" \end_inset in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering. You can only number displayed formulas. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Math\SpecialChar menuseparator Number \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset This \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Line \family default or the shortcut \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "math-number-line-toggle" \end_inset will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is: \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray} 1 & = & 3-2\\ 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\ 4 & \leq & 7 \end{eqnarray} \end_inset To number all lines use the shortcut \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "math-number-toggle" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label. A label is inserted with the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Label \family default (toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "label-insert" \end_inset ) when the cursor is in the formula. This opens a dialog to enter the label. It is recommended that you use the suggested \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans eq: \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset as the first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label type when you have many labels in your document. We inserted in the following example the label \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset eq:tanhExp \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in the second line: \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray} \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\ & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp} \end{eqnarray} \end_inset Every labeled line is automatically numbered. Therefore the label is shown behind the formula number. You can reference a labeled formula using the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Cross \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Reference \family default (toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref" \end_inset ). A dialog appears to choose a label you want to refer to. The reference appears in \SpecialChar LyX as a gray cross-reference box and in the output as the formula number: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This is a cross-reference to equation ( \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "eq:tanhExp" \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The properties of \SpecialChar LyX 's cross-reference box are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Cross-References" \end_inset . To delete a label, set the cursor at the end in the labeled formula and press \family sans Del \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Section User defined math macros \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Macros \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you have equations of the same form in a document several times. Math macros are explained in section \emph on Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Macros \emph default of the \emph on Math \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Fine-Tuning \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Typefaces \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Typefaces \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman. To set a font in a formula, use the \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Panel \family default button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "math-insert \\font" \end_inset , or enter its command, listed in table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Typefaces-and-the" \end_inset , directly. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table placement document alignment document wide false sideways false status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Caption Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "tab:Typefaces-and-the" \end_inset Typefaces and the corresponding commands. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Font \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Command \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \shape up \size normal \bar no \noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash mathrm \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash mathbf \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash mathit \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \shape up \size normal \bar no \noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash mathtt \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash mathbb \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 5863344 1592055455 \begin_inset Formula $\mathds{DOUBLESTROKE}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted 5863344 1592055455 \series bold \backslash mathds \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash mathfrak \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \shape up \size normal \emph on \bar no \noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash mathcal \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted -131811572 1591595416 \shape up \size normal \emph on \bar no \noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\mathscr{SCRIPT}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted -131811572 1591595416 \series bold \backslash mathscr \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash mathsf \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default You can only print capital letters in the typefaces \family sans Blackboard \change_inserted 5863344 1592055666 , Double stroke \change_deleted -131811572 1591595671 \family default \change_inserted -131811572 1591595667 , \family sans Script \family default \change_unchanged and \family sans Calligraphic \family default . \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula. Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface. Pressing \family sans Space \family default within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected space when you need a space in the box. Here is an example where \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset N \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in \family sans Blackboard \family default denotes the set of numbers: \begin_inset Formula \[ f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\:x\in\mathbb{N} \] \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion. You can, for example, put a character in \family sans Fraktur \family default in a box for \family sans Typewriter \family default : \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$ \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset So it is better not to use this feature. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters: \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$ \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset You can only print them emboldened using the command \series bold \backslash boldsymbol \series default , which works like the other typeface commands: \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$ \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \backslash boldsymbol \series default works for all symbols, letters, and numbers. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Math\SpecialChar menuseparator Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Math Text \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Text \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but not for text. For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using the entry \family sans Normal \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset mode \family default of the \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Panel \family default button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "math-insert \\font" \end_inset . Math text appears in \SpecialChar LyX in black instead of blue. You can use spaces and accents in math text as in normal text. Here is an example: \begin_inset Formula \[ f(x)=\begin{cases} x & \mbox{if I say so}\\ -x & \mbox{under Umständen} \end{cases} \] \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Font Sizes \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Font sizes \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are automatically chosen in most situations. These are called \family sans textstyle \family default , \family sans displaystyle \family default , \family sans scriptstyle \family default , and \family sans scriptscriptstyle \family default . For most characters, \family sans textstyle \family default and \family sans displaystyle \family default are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts, and certain other structures, are set larger in \family sans displaystyle \family default . Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various situations, all text will be set in the styles that \SpecialChar LaTeX thinks are appropriate. These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "math-insert \\style" \end_inset . A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure. For example, you can set \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$ \end_inset , which is normally in \family sans textstyle \family default , larger in \family sans displaystyle \family default : \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$ \end_inset . The four styles are used in the following example: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$ \end_inset , \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$ \end_inset , \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$ \end_inset , \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$ \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard All these math-mode font sizes are relative so that if the whole math inset is set in a particular size with the menu \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style \family default , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size. Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts will be adjusted to correspond. As an example here is a formula in the font size \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset largest \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset : \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family roman \size largest \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$ \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Section AMS-\SpecialChar LaTeX \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout AMS math \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! AMS \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society (AMS) that are in common use. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Enabling AMS-Support \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can make the facilities of the AMS-packages explicitly available in the document by \change_inserted -131811572 1600338725 setting \family sans Load always \family default for \series bold amsmath \series default and \series bold amssymb \series default packages \change_unchanged \change_deleted -131811572 1600338685 selecting the checkbox \family sans Use \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset AMS \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset package \change_unchanged \family default in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Settings \end_layout \end_inset dialog under \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Options \family default . AMS is needed for many math-constructs; so when you get \SpecialChar LaTeX -errors in formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection AMS-Formula Types \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:AMS-Formula-Types" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Math ! Multi-line Equations \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard AMS-\SpecialChar LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types. \SpecialChar LyX allows you to choose between \family typewriter align \family default , \family typewriter alignat \family default , \family typewriter flalign \family default , \family typewriter gather \family default , and \family typewriter multline \family default . We refer you to the AMS-documentation, \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "AMS" literal "true" \end_inset , for an explanation of these formula types. \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter More Tools \end_layout \begin_layout Section Cross-References \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Cross references \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Cross-References" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard One of \SpecialChar LyX 's strengths is cross-references. You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in the document. To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it. The label is used as an anchor and a name for the reference. We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate First item \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "enu:Second-item" \end_inset Second item \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Third item \end_layout \begin_layout Standard First we insert a label into the second item with the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Label \family default or by pressing the toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "label-insert" \end_inset . A gray label box like this: \begin_inset Graphics filename clipart/label.png \end_inset is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text. \SpecialChar LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case the text \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans enu:Second-item \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . The prefix \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans enu: \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset stands for \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset enumerate \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted; for example, if you insert a label into a section heading, the suggested prefix will be \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans sec: \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Cross-Reference \family default or the toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref" \end_inset . A gray cross-reference box like this: \begin_inset Graphics filename clipart/reference.png \end_inset is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels in the document. We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans enu:Second-item \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear in the output. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As an alternative to \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Cross-Reference \family default , you can right-click on a label and in the popup menu select \family sans Copy as Reference \family default . The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be pasted to the actual cursor position via the menu \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Paste \family default (shortcut \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paste" \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here is our cross-reference: Item \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "enu:Second-item" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard It is recommended to use a protected space \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Protected-Space" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset between the cross-reference name and the cross-reference to avoid ugly line breaks between them. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are eight formats of cross-references: \end_layout \begin_layout Description : prints the number, this is the default: \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "fig:Two-images" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description (): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Equation \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is omitted: \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand eqref reference "eq:tanhExp" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description : prints the page number: Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand pageref reference "fig:Two-images" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description on \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset : prints the text “on page” and the page number: \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand vpageref reference "fig:Two-images" \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset If the label is on the same page, it prints “on this page”; if the label is on a facing page in a two-sided document, it prints “on the facing page”; if it is on the previous page which is not a facing page, it prints “on the previous page”; if it is on the next page which is not a facing page, it prints “on the next page”. The wording of the printed text also depends on the used document class. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset on \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset : prints the number, the text “on page” and the page number: \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand vref reference "fig:Two-images" \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset If the label is on the same page, this format behaves like \family sans \series bold \family default \series default ; otherwise it behaves like \family sans \series bold on \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \family default \series default . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Formatted \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default This feature is only available when you have the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold prettyref \series default or \series bold refstyle \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! prettyref \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! refstyle \end_layout \end_inset installed. \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset You can select which \SpecialChar LaTeX -package should be used for this feature by setting the option \family sans Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references \family default in the menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Document Class \family default . The package \series bold refstyle \series default is the default and preferred because \series bold prettyref \series default supports only English documents. The format is specified by using the command \series bold \backslash newref\SpecialChar ligaturebreak format \series default (prettyref) or \series bold \backslash newref \series default (refstyle) in the \SpecialChar LaTeX preamble of the document. For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label shortcut \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans fig \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) can be done for \series bold refstyle \series default with this command: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold \backslash newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page \backslash pageref{#1}}} \series default \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Note that neither \series bold prettyref \series default nor \series bold refstyle \series default predefines reference formats for all available types. This is especially true for the wide variety of mathematical `theorem' environments. So if you want to make formatted references to, say, Propositions, then you will need to define the relevant format yourself. For \series bold prettyref \series default , you might do so as follows: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold \backslash newref\SpecialChar ligaturebreak format{prop}{Proposition \backslash ref{#1}} \series default \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset For more information about defining formatted references, have a look at the package documentation \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "prettyref,refstyle" literal "true" \end_inset . \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset The options \family sans Plural \family default and \family sans Capitalized \family default will be available with formatted references only if you are using the \series bold refstyle \series default package. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Textual \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset reference: prints the caption or the name of the reference: \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand nameref reference "fig:Two-images" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description Label \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset only: prints only the \SpecialChar LaTeX label for the reference: \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand labelonly reference "fig:Two-images" \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset This allows for customization, using \SpecialChar TeX Code, if you want to issue a command that \SpecialChar LyX does not support. If you are using \series bold refstyle \series default , then you may want to use the \family sans No \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Prefix \family default option, which will output only the part of the reference following the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset : \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset separator. This is the form needed for e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset \series bold refstyle \series default 's range commands.The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output is automatically calculated by \SpecialChar LaTeX . The varieties are adjusted in the field \family sans Format \family default of the cross-reference window, that appears when you click on the cross-referen ce. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can only use the style \family sans \family default to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style \family sans \family default is always possible. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading; for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in it. Referencing formulas is explained in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu. The entry \family sans Go \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset to \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Label \family default sets the cursor before the referenced label. \change_inserted -584632292 1599757593 (Ctrl-clicking on a cross-reference will also take you to its corresponding label.) \change_unchanged This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to \family sans Go \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Back \family default so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference. You can also go back with the toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "bookmark-goto 0" \end_inset \change_inserted -584632292 1599757706 or, using the menu: Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator Bookmarks\SpecialChar menuseparator Navigate Back \change_unchanged . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can change labels at any time. References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you do not need to \change_deleted -584632292 1599757720 think about this \change_inserted -584632292 1599757724 change them all manually \change_unchanged . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see in \SpecialChar LyX “BROKEN” in the cross-reference label and two question marks in the output instead of the reference. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard References are described in detail in the section \emph on Referencing Floats \emph default of the \emph on Embedded Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Table of Contents and other Listings \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Table of contents \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Navigating ! Outline \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Outline \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:toc" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Table of Contents \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Table-of-Contents" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator List/Contents/References\SpecialChar menuseparator Table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset of \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Contents \family default . It is displayed in \SpecialChar LyX as a gray box. If you click on it, the \family sans Outline \family default window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline, which allows you to move and rearrange sections in your documents. So this operation is an alternative to the menu \family sans View\SpecialChar menuseparator Outline \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Pane \family default that is described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:The-Outliner" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically. If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Short-Titles" \end_inset , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading. Section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Numbering-depth" \end_inset describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are listed in the TOC. Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection List of Figures, Tables, Listings and Algorithms \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:List-of-Figures" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Table, figure, listings and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents. You can insert them via the \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator List/Contents/References \family default submenus. The list entries are the float captions and the float number. \end_layout \begin_layout Section URLs and Hyperlinks \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout URLs \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Hyperlinks \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection URLs \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:URLs" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator URL \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here is an example URL: \SpecialChar LyX 's homepage: \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://www.lyx.org \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be in the style \family typewriter Typewriter \family default . To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next subsection. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get \SpecialChar LaTeX errors. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Hyperlinks \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Hyperlinks" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Hyperlink \family default or with the toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "href-insert" \end_inset . The appearing dialog has two fields: \family sans Target \family default and \family sans Name \family default . The name is the printed text for the hyperlink. The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this: \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "LyX's homepage" target "https://www.lyx.org" literal "false" \end_inset , an Email address like this: \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "lyx-docs mailing list" target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation" type "mailto:" literal "false" \end_inset , or a link to a file. The option \family sans Literal \family default in the hyperlink settings dialog allows to input \SpecialChar TeX code to the \family sans Name \family default field. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink by adding the prefix \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans run: \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to the link target. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output, and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output. To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use the text style dialog. This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text: \family sans \series bold \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "LyX's homepage" target "https://www.lyx.org" literal "false" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The link text color can be changed, when the option \family sans Color links \family default is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator PDF Properties \family default ). The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the option \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold urlcolor=blue \series default \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset to the field \family sans Additional options \family default in the PDF Properties dialog. \change_inserted -584632292 1588303457 \end_layout \begin_layout Section \change_inserted -584632292 1588303474 Counters \begin_inset Index idx status open \begin_layout Plain Layout Counters \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Counters" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -584632292 1602541139 One powerful feature of \SpecialChar LaTeX is its ability to manage counters. Mostly, this is handled automatically, but there are times one wants to modify counters directly. This can be done in LyX using the counter inset, which is accessible from the Edit menu. This allows one to set a counter's value; to reset it (to zero); \begin_inset Foot status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted -584632292 1602541231 Note that the section counter, e.g., starts with its value at zero and then is incremented to one when the first section is created. So, if you want the next section to be section five, say, then you need to set the section counter to four. \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset to add to the value (or subtract from it, since the value added can be negative); to save it; to restore the saved value; and to print the value. These effects can also be limited to LyX itself. And they will appear in HTML and DocBook output, as well as in LaTeX. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -584632292 1588529162 There are five commands you can use: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_inserted -584632292 1588529167 Set counter: Allows you to assign a specific value to a counter \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_inserted -584632292 1588529177 Increase counter: Allows you to add some specified amount to a counter (or to subtract, if you choose a negative number) \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_inserted -584632292 1588529180 Reset to zero: Sets the value of the counter to 0. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_inserted -584632292 1588529184 Save value of counter: Saves the value of the counter so that it can later be restored. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_inserted -584632292 1588529187 Restore value of counter: Restores the previously saved value. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -584632292 1588374230 The dialog allows you to choose which counter you wish to modify from all those that are available in the current document class. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Section Appendices \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Appendix \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Appendices" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Appendices are created with the menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Start \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Appendix \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Here \family default . This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end as the appendix part of the book. This part is marked with a red borderline. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Every chapter (or section) within the appendix part is treated as an appendix, numbered with a capital Latin letter. The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot and the subsection number. All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections, here two examples: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Appendix \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "chap:Units-available-in" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" \end_inset ; Appendix \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Export" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Section Bibliography \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Bibliography \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Bibliography" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a \SpecialChar LyX document. You can include a bibliography database, which is explained in sec. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Bibliography-databases" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" \end_inset , or you can insert the bibliography manually, using the paragraph environment \family sans Bibliography \family default , which is described in the following section (but see also sec. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Biblio_environment" \end_inset ). If you want anything other than the numerical citations that are used in this document, such as author-year citations, and if you have more than a handful of references, then you should seriously consider \emph on \emph default using a bibliography database. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In order to demonstrate the difference between these two approaches, we use two bibliographies in this document, a \family sans Bibliography \family default environment and a database-generated bibliography. As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists only the database entries that are referenced in the document. In other words, the database approach relieves you, amongst other things, from the burden to check which entries you have actually cited. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection The Bibliography Environment \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:The-Bibliography-Environment" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Within the \family sans Bibliography \family default environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled with a number. If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a \family sans Key \family default and a \family sans Label \family default . The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography entry. Each entry needs to be given a unique key, which is one word consisting of ASCII characters only. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout ASCII means \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "this set" target "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ASCII#Character_set" literal "false" \end_inset of characters: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status open \begin_layout Plain Layout https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ASCII#Character_set \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about \SpecialChar LaTeX and we used \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset latexcompanion \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , a short form of its title, as the key. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset If you set a \family sans Label \family default for the entry, references to it will appear with this label instead of the number of the entry. The option \family sans Literal \family default in the bibliography items settings dialog allows to input \SpecialChar TeX code to the \family sans Label \family default field. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can cross-reference a bibliography entry using the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Citation \family default or the toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation" \end_inset . A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear containing the available citations. Select one or more keys from the list and \family sans Add \family default them. Then press \family sans OK \family default . The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key(s). If you click on the box, the citation window will appear and you can change the reference. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Citation references appear in the output as the number or the label of the bibliography entry with surrounding brackets. Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Credits \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset : \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Have a look at the \family sans \SpecialChar LaTeX Companion Second Edition \family default : \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "latexcompanion" literal "true" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \SpecialChar LyX -Team members are listed in the Credits: \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "lyxcredit" literal "true" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can also produce author-year or author-number citations, using the \SpecialChar LaTeX package \series bold natbib \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! natbib \end_layout \end_inset . In order to do so, \change_deleted -712698321 1555659455 the label needs to be given the form \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Author(Year) \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset or \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Author A and Author B(Year) \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \emph on without \emph default a blank between the author(s) and the opening parenthesis that delimits the year. Then, if you \change_unchanged select \family sans Natbib \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (BibTeX) \family default in the document settings \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Settings \end_layout \end_inset dialog under \family sans Bibliography\SpecialChar menuseparator Style \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset format \family default (see \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Citation-Format" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" \end_inset ) \change_inserted -712698321 1555660530 . Once you have done that, the \family sans Bibliography \family default dialog has three input fields instead of the \family sans Label \family default field: \family sans Author Names \family default , \family sans Year \family default and \family sans All Author Names \family default . The first one takes the Author list as it should be displayed in the citation reference, the second the year (without parentheses). These two are madatory. If there are multiple authors and you want to both refer to them as a full list ( \emph on Baker, Jones, and Williams \emph default ) and in abrreviated form ( \emph on Baker et al. \emph default ) \change_unchanged , \change_inserted -712698321 1555660544 add the abbreviated form to \family sans Author Names \family default and the full list to the optional \family sans All Author Names \family default field. \change_unchanged \change_inserted -712698321 1555659886 If specified like this, \change_unchanged you can select between different author-year or author-number styles \change_inserted -712698321 1555660646 in the \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Citation \family default dialog, and if \family sans All Author Names \family default is specified, toggling \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset All authors \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in the citation dialog or the citation context menu will switch between full and abbreviated list \change_unchanged . \change_inserted -712698321 1555660793 Note that the author and year specified in the dialog are only used for the citation references. In the bibliography entry, author and year must be added manually. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To align all entries in the bibliography environment you can set a longest label via the menu \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Paragraph \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Settings \family default (toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "layout-paragraph" \end_inset ). All entries are then indented in the output by the width of the given label. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Bibliography databases \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Bibliography ! Databases \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Bibliography-databases" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same references in different documents. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning them. Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations and reviews along with bibliographical information. \end_layout \end_inset It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography entries. You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of your working field in a database. This database can be used for different documents, and by default only the entries cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for that document. This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books you have cited. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The database is a text file with the file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans .bib \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , containing the bibliography in a special format. The format is explained in \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "BibTeX-2" literal "true" \end_inset and in the \SpecialChar LaTeX books ( \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport" literal "true" \end_inset ). The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a special program to create and edit the entries in the database. A list of such programs is maintained on the \SpecialChar LyX Wiki at \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX supports two different approaches to use bibliography databases in a document. Bib\SpecialChar TeX is the classic technique that has been the only way to use such databases for a long time. It is quite established and mature and there is a huge range of existing styles available. But it has its drawbacks, especially when it comes to more complex bibliographi c needs and support for specific languages and scripts. Those are addressed by \series bold biblatex \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! biblatex \end_layout \end_inset . It reads the same database format than Bib\SpecialChar TeX (although it has been significantly extended beyond Bib\SpecialChar TeX 's scope) \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Meaning: While \noun on Biblatex \noun default can handle any classic Bib\SpecialChar TeX database, Bib\SpecialChar TeX might conversely fail to correctly handle databases that use specific \noun on Biblatex \noun default features. \end_layout \end_inset , but it uses a different framework to generate citations and references from it. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To select if Bib\SpecialChar TeX or \series bold biblatex \series default should be used, set in the document settings (menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default ) \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Settings \end_layout \end_inset under \family sans Bibliography \family default the \family sans Style \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset format \family default to a Bib\SpecialChar TeX or a \family sans Biblatex \family default format. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Bib\SpecialChar TeX \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Bibliography ! Bib\SpecialChar TeX \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To access a database via Bib\SpecialChar TeX , use the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator List/Contents/References\SpecialChar menuseparator Bib(la)TeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Bibliography \family default . A window will appear in which you can add one or more databases and select a Bib\SpecialChar TeX \family sans style \family default file. The option \family sans Add bibliography to TOC \family default adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography. In the \family sans Content \family default drop box you can select whether to include all the entries in the database in the document or just the cited references. \change_inserted -712698321 1530969762 The \family sans Encoding \family default drop box lets you specify the encoding of the database(s), should this differ from the encoding of the document. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The Bib\SpecialChar TeX style file is a text file with the file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans .bst \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset that controls how the bibliography entries will appear. Your \SpecialChar LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the layout. It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something for experts. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout For information on how this is done, have a look at \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset In this document we used the Bib\SpecialChar TeX style \family sans alphadin.bst \family default , which provides an alpha-numeric style in accordance with the German Standards Institute (DIN). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Biblatex \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Bibliography ! Biblatex \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! biblatex \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Accessing a database via \series bold biblatex \series default is almost identical to Bib\SpecialChar TeX : Use the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator List/Contents/References\SpecialChar menuseparator Bib(la)TeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Bibliography \family default . In contrary to Bib\SpecialChar TeX you cannot select a \family sans style \family default file \change_inserted -712698321 1531045799 at this place \change_unchanged . The other dialog options are the same as with Bib\SpecialChar TeX . \change_inserted -712698321 1531045867 As for the styles, note the following. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold biblatex \series default has two different style files: a bibliography style file (text file with the file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans .bbx \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) controls how the bibliography entries will look like and a citation style file (text file with the file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans .cbx \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) controls the look of the citation references in the text. Usually such style files come in pairs and it makes sense to use matching styles. It is nevertheless possible to mix any citation style with any bibliography style. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold biblatex \series default styles are not set in the \family sans Bib(la)TeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Bibliography \family default dialog, but in the document settings. \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Settings \end_layout \end_inset However, in the dialog in the \family sans Options \family default field, which is only visible if you use \series bold biblatex \series default , you can enter options that determine how the bibliography is printed (for example how its heading will appear). These options are described in detail in the \series bold biblatex \series default manual, \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "Biblatex" literal "true" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Inserting a citation reference works as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:The-Bibliography-Environment" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Bibliography Processors \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To generate the bibliography from a database, \SpecialChar LyX uses a bibliography processor, that is an external program that reads the database, sorts the citations and processes the data in a way it can be included in the document. The classic program is called Bib\SpecialChar TeX . It has the advantage that it is very mature and widespread, but the disadvantag e that it has severe limitations, due to its age. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Meanwhile, some alternatives have been developed that address some of these limitations. LyX natively supports some of them and lets you select a custom processor. You can do this on a general level in \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator Output\SpecialChar menuseparator LaTeX \family default or for individual documents in \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Bibliography \family default . The following variants are available by default: \end_layout \begin_layout Description biber a specific, modern processor \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! biber \end_layout \end_inset developed exclusively for \series bold biblatex \series default (it does not work with Bib\SpecialChar TeX !). \series bold biber \series default provides full Unicode support, unlimited memory and many specific features \series bold biblatex \series default makes use of; if you use the \series bold biblatex \series default approach, it is strongly recommended to use \series bold biber \series default . \end_layout \begin_layout Description bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding, limited memory, works with all bibliography packages, although it will probably fail with \series bold biblatex \series default bibliographies due to the limited memory. \end_layout \begin_layout Description bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in an 8-bit encoding (but no Unicode support), larger memory than \family sans bibtex \family default , works with all bibliography packages, although more complex \series bold biblatex \series default bibliographies will exceed its limits, and not all \series bold biblatex \series default features are supported. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard By default (with the \family sans Processor \family default set in \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Bibliography \family default and with \family sans Automatic \family default as setting for the \family sans Processor \family default in \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator Output\SpecialChar menuseparator LaTeX \family default ), \SpecialChar LyX selects an appropriate (available) processor for the current bibliography approach ( \series bold biber \series default for \series bold biblatex \series default , \family sans bibtex \family default for Bib\SpecialChar TeX -based bibliography styles). This should suit most needs. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In Japanese documents, a specific processor is used. By default this is pBib\SpecialChar TeX (in \SpecialChar LyX \family sans pbibtex \family default ), a Bib\SpecialChar TeX variant specifically aimed at Japanese. You can adjust it in \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator Output\SpecialChar menuseparator LaTeX \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Selected bibliography processors can be controlled with options that you can add below the selection. Before adding options, it is strongly recommended that you read the manual of Bib\SpecialChar TeX or \series bold biber \series default , \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "BibTeX,biber" literal "true" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Customizing \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX supports some specific tasks such as sectioned bibliographies and multiple bibliographies. These are explained in detail in section \emph on Customizing Bibliographies \emph default \emph on with Bib\SpecialChar TeX or Biblatex \emph default of the \emph on Additional Features \emph default manual. \change_inserted 5863208 1598273348 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Citation Format \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Bibliography ! Citation format \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Citation-Format" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Many different citation formats are common, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset numerical citation (as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset 1 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset like in this document), alpha-numerical citations (as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Mil08 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) or author-year citations (as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Miller (2008a) \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ). \SpecialChar LyX supports these formats via specific citation packages and their style files. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard By default a simple numeric citation style is used. In \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Bibliography \family default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Settings \end_layout \end_inset you have a range of other options, depending on your preferred bibliography approach. With the \family sans Bibliography \family default environment your only choice besides manual formatting of the bibliography labels, is there to use \family sans Natbib \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (BibTeX) \family default \series bold \series default as \family sans Style \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset format \family default which gives you author-year and author-numerical citations (see above \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:The-Bibliography-Environment" \end_inset for details). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard With a bibliography database (see \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Bibliography-databases" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" \end_inset ) one has in contrary to the \family sans Bibliography \family default environment full access to the formatting styles. These style formats are available: \end_layout \begin_layout Description Basic \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (BibTeX) the default Bib\SpecialChar TeX -based approached without any additional packages (simple numeric citations). \end_layout \begin_layout Description Biblatex loads the package \series bold biblatex \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! biblatex \end_layout \end_inset and lets you select a style in the dropdown boxes \family sans Biblatex citation style \family default and \family sans Biblatex bibliography style \family default below. Options to the package \series bold biblatex \series default can be entered in the \family sans Options \family default field. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Biblatex \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (natbib \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset mode) loads the package \series bold biblatex \series default with the natbib compatibility mode. This is a specific variant for users who switch an existing document that uses \series bold natbib \series default or want to emulate \family sans the \family default \series bold natbib \series default behavior very closely. Compared to normal \family sans Biblatex \family default this option has some additional styles. All \series bold biblatex \series default styles are also supported by this variant. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Jurabib \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (BibTeX) loads the package \series bold jurabib \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! jurabib \end_layout \end_inset which provides author-year styles particularly suited for law studies. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Natbib \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (BibTeX) loads the package \series bold natbib \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! natbib \end_layout \end_inset which provides citation styles particularly suited for the humanities. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family sans Biblatex \family default and \family sans Natbib \family default style formats provide the choice between author-year and author-numerical citation styles. You have to select one style in the dropdown box \family sans Variant \family default . Note that for the \family sans Biblatex \family default formats, this only affects the appearance in the \SpecialChar LyX workarea. Whether the output uses numerical, author-year or another format such as alpha-numerical depends only on the selected \family sans Biblatex citation style \family default . However, when switching between Author-year and Author-number, a suitable style is proposed. With \family sans Natbib \family default , on the other hand, the dialog selection will ultimately determine the style. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard For any author-year and author-numerical selection, multiple style variants are available in the \family sans Citation \family default dialog. Some selections also provide further options like the option to uppercase a name prefix such as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset van Beethoven \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Van Beethoven \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) or to expand or reduce the number of displayed others (i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset use or don't use \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset et al. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In the citation dialog you can also set text to appear after a citation reference, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset page numbers, which will then be formatted according to the style's needs (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset with or without \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset pp. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ). The option \family sans Literal \family default in the citation dialog allows to input \SpecialChar TeX code to the fields \family sans Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset before \family default and \family sans Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset after \family default . Here is a simple example where the text \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Chapter \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 3 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset appears after the reference: \end_layout \begin_layout Quote Have a look at \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite after "Chapter 3" key "latexcompanion" literal "false" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard All styles except for \family sans Basic (BibTeX) \family default also provide the feature to add text that precedes the reference (such as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset cf. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ). This text is then also included in the parentheses, if the style requires this. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Note that these pre- and postnotes apply to the whole citation. So if you refer to multiple references at once, the prenote will precede the first citation in the list, the postnote will follow the last. Some \family sans Biblatex \family default styles allow to add pre- and postnotes to any individual reference in a multi-citation (so-called \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset qualified citation lists \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ). \SpecialChar LyX supports this. If you use such a style and if the current reference includes multiple items the \family sans Citation \family default dialog will display three columns in the field \family sans Selected Citations \family default : \family sans Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset before \family default , \family sans Cite \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset key \family default and \family sans Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset after \family default . If you double-click on an item's \family sans Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset before \family default or \family sans Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset after \family default field, you can add such individual pre- and postnotes. In the \family sans General text before \family default and \family sans General text after \family default fields you can add pre- and postnotes that apply to the whole list. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted -712698321 1598509964 \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Opening-cited-documents" \end_inset Opening cited documents from within \SpecialChar LyX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1598509000 \SpecialChar LyX supports opening documents selected citations point to via the \family sans Try \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset to \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Open \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Citation \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Content\SpecialChar ldots \family default context menu if specific conditions are met: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1598526971 If citation entries include any of the fields \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted -712698321 1598508820 url \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset or \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted -712698321 1598508820 doi \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset for BibTeX and BibLaTeX, \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted -712698321 1598508820 eprint \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset for BibLaTeX (covering arXiv, JSTOR, PubMed, HDL, Google Books \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted -712698321 1598508820 eprinttype \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset ), the action will launch a web browser with the appropriate link. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1598509157 If citation entries include any of the fields \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted -712698321 1598508820 file \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset (filled by JabRef) or \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted -712698321 1598508820 localfile \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset (filled by KBibTeX) containing an URL that points to a file on your local drive, the action will launch an appropriate file viewer. At the moment only absolute paths are accepted. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1598526494 In addition to that, \SpecialChar LyX also searches your disk for matching files if you enable \family sans Search drive for cited files \family default in \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar ldots \SpecialChar menuseparator Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Control \family default . It uses the tokens supplied at \family sans Pattern \family default in the same preferences section (by default: year and authors). Any of the tokens in the pattern must occur in the title of the file (at arbitrary position). \SpecialChar LyX opens the first matching file it finds. This might or might not be the file you are looking for; the more systematic your file naming is, and the less ambiguous keywords you use, the greater the chance this works for you. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1598527586 The pattern syntax uses specific keywords. These are basically Bib\SpecialChar TeX fields (such as \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted -712698321 1598527586 title \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset ) embraced in \begin_inset Flex Code status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted -712698321 1598509565 % \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset , but there are also special keys, which are documented in the Customization manual, sec. \emph on Cite format description \emph default . \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Section Index \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Index generation \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Index" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard An index entry is created if you use the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Index \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Entry \family default or the toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "index-insert" \end_inset . A box is inserted containing the text that appears in the index. The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed by \SpecialChar LyX as the index entry. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The index list is inserted in the document with the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator List/Contents/References\SpecialChar menuseparator Index \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset List \family default . A light blue box labeled \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans Index \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset will show the place where the index is printed in the output. The index list box is not clickable like other \SpecialChar LyX -boxes. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections. For a detailed description of \SpecialChar LaTeX 's index mechanism, have a look at one of the \SpecialChar LaTeX books \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook" literal "true" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Grouping Index Entries \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Index ! Grouping \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the index. We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated lists under the entry \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Lists \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . First we create the entry \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Lists \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Lists" \end_inset . In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Itemize" \end_inset , we insert the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold Lists ! Itemize \end_layout \begin_layout Standard and the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold Lists ! Enumerate \end_layout \begin_layout Standard for the enumerated list in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Enumerate" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The exclamation mark \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset ! \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset marks the grouping levels. You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more. An index entry for the higher levels is not required. If we don't have an index entry for \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Lists \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Page Ranges \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Index ! Page ranges \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed section. But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry. For example, if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments" \end_inset with the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold Paragraph environments|( \end_layout \begin_layout Standard and another entry at the end of section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:LyX-Code" \end_inset with the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold Paragraph environments|) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The commands \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \series bold |( \series default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \series bold |) \series default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset respectively start and end the index range. You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document. They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of the pages of the indexed document parts. An example is the index entry \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Document ! Settings \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Cross referencing \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Index ! Cross referencing \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard It is also possible to refer to another index entry. We referred for example in the index entry \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset GIF \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Image-Formats" \end_inset ) to the index entry \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Image formats \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in the same section using the entry \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold GIF|see{Image formats} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard where the braces have to be inserted as \SpecialChar TeX Code. The text within the braces is the referenced entry. The reference will appear in the output without a page number. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Index Entry Order \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Index ! Entry order \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you use accented characters in the index entry the entries might not follow the rules for the index order. The index entries are sorted alphabetically but \SpecialChar LaTeX \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Index-Program" \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset does not know how to sort accents in different languages. We have created as an example the three dummy index entries \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset maison \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset maïs \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset maître \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Dummy entries ! maïs \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Dummy entries ! maître \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Dummy entries ! maïs@maison \end_layout \end_inset They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison but we want the order maïs, maison, maître. To achieve this, we use the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold previous entry@current entry \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In our case we want to have \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset maison \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset after \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset maïs \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and write therefore for the index entry of maison: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold maïs@maison \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The previous entry need not be a real existing entry. You can also use another word to tell \SpecialChar LaTeX the entry order. See the next subsection for an example. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Index Entry Layout \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Index ! Entry layout \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog. \begin_inset Index idx status open \begin_layout Plain Layout Dummy entries ! \shape italic This is an italic dummy entry \end_layout \end_inset You can also format the page number using the character \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset | \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset followed by a \SpecialChar LaTeX -command without a backslash. We can write for example \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold italic page number:|textit \end_layout \begin_layout Standard to get the page number in italic. \begin_inset Index idx status open \begin_layout Plain Layout Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit \end_layout \end_inset Normally all \SpecialChar LaTeX -commands begin with a backslash, but in this special case \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \series bold |command \series default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset means \series bold \backslash command{page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset number} \series default . Have a look at section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:LaTeX-Syntax" \end_inset to learn more about the \SpecialChar LaTeX -syntax. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program \family sans makeindex \family default to generate the index, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Index-Program" \end_inset . If you use \family sans xindy \family default , this will not work for anything other than bold or italic text. This is because \family sans xindy \family default requires you to define semantic elements before they can be used, see \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite after "p. 678 ff." key "latexcompanion" literal "true" \end_inset for details. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown above. Instead, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that. Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions. If so, put the following in the preamble \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \backslash newcommand{ \backslash IndexDef}[1]{ \backslash textit{#1}} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard and write \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold my entry|IndexDef \end_layout \begin_layout Standard in the index entry. \begin_inset Index idx status open \begin_layout Plain Layout Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef \end_layout \end_inset The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can also change the layout for the whole index. For example, we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font for all index entries. For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called \emph on Index Style File \emph default , see the \family sans makeindex \family default or \family sans xindy \family default documentation for details, \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "makeindex,xindy" literal "true" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Index Program \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Index ! Program \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Index-Program" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If the index generation program \family sans xindy \family default is installed, \SpecialChar LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program \family sans makeindex \family default , the program that is part of every \SpecialChar LaTeX distribution, is used. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Makeindex \family default is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably that it was developed with only the English language in mind. So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly. We have shown above how to fix this sorting. However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider to use \family sans xindy \family default . \end_layout \end_inset Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in \SpecialChar LyX 's preferences dialog, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:LaTeX-settings" \end_inset . The available options are listed and explained in \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "makeindex-man,xindy" literal "true" \end_inset . In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate the index. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar breakableslash or the options in \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Indexes \family default . This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options to the index program or if you need a specific layout style. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Multiple Indexes \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In many fields it is common to have more than one index. For instance, you might need to set up a separate \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Index of Names \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset next to the standard index. \SpecialChar LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are packages that add this feature. \SpecialChar LyX uses the \series bold splitidx \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! splitidx \end_layout \end_inset package to generate multiple indexes. The package is included in all recent \SpecialChar LaTeX distributions. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout If yours does not ship it, consult the \SpecialChar TeX catalogue, \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "TeXCatalogue" literal "true" \end_inset . Note that the package does not only consist of a \SpecialChar LaTeX style, but it also includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well. Please consult the package's manual for details. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To set up \SpecialChar LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Indexes \family default and select the option \family sans Use multiple Indexes \family default . Note that the list \family sans Available Indexes \family default already contains the standard index \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Index \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should also appear as a heading) to the \family sans New \family default input field and press the \family sans Add \family default button. The new index now also appears in the list. If you like, you can attribute an alternative \SpecialChar LyX label color to the new index. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index list in \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator List/Contents/References \family default and the \family sans Insert \family default menu has a separate entry for each of the defined indexes. The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there are additional features: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking on the entry's label will open a dialog where you can do that. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type. Furthermore, you can specify an index to be a \family sans Subindex \family default . If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level. For example, if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested to the non-subindexes. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize The option \family sans Literal \family default allows to use \SpecialChar TeX code in the name of the index. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Nomenclature/Glossary \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Nomenclature \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Glossary|see \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout { \end_layout \end_inset Nomenclature \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Nomenclature" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Sometimes you need to provide a list of technical terms or symbols that are mentioned in your document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or glossary. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To be able to create nomenclatures or glossaries, you need the \SpecialChar LaTeX package \series bold nomencl \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! nomencl \end_layout \end_inset installed. You find it in the \SpecialChar TeX catalogue, \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "TeXCatalogue" literal "true" \end_inset or in the package manager of your \SpecialChar LaTeX -system. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry and then use the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator \family default N \family sans omenclature \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Entry \family default or the toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "nomencl-insert" \end_inset . A gray box labeled \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans Nom \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries. The first is the term or \family sans Symbol \family default that you wish to define. The second is the \family sans Description \family default of the term or symbol. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default To use \SpecialChar TeX code for nomenclature entries the option \family sans Literal \family default in the nomenclature dialog has to be used. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Nomenclature Definition and Layout \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Nomenclature ! Layout \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the \family sans Symbol \family default field as \SpecialChar LaTeX formulas. For example to get \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , insert this: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold $ \backslash sigma$ \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series default The \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset $ \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset character starts/ends the formula. The \SpecialChar LaTeX -command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning with a backslash \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \backslash \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter, like \series bold \backslash Sigma \series default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard (A short introduction to the \SpecialChar LaTeX syntax is given in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:LaTeX-Syntax" \end_inset .) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You cannot use the \family sans Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style \family default dialog to format the description text; you have to use \SpecialChar LaTeX -commands. For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in this document is: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold dummy entry for the character \backslash textsf{sigma} \series default \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset The command \series bold \backslash textsf \series default sets the fonts to \family sans sans \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset serif \family default . To get \series bold bold \series default font use the command \series bold \backslash textbf \series default , for \family typewriter typewriter \family default use \series bold \backslash texttt \series default , for \emph on emphasized \emph default use \series bold \backslash emph \series default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To customize the appearance of all symbols add e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset the command \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold \backslash renewcommand{ \backslash nomlabel}[1]{ \backslash textsf{ \backslash textbf{#1}}} \series default \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset to the LaTeX preamble in the document settings. This command will make the font of all symbols \series bold bold \series default and \family sans sans \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset serif \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If the characters | \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset , \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset ! \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset , @ and \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset " \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset should appear in nomenclature entries containing \SpecialChar TeX code they need to be escaped by adding a quote character in front of them. \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature LatexCommand nomenclature symbol "\"@, \"|, \"!, \"\"" description "The quote sign in TeX code is output by writing ' \"\" '." literal "true" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Nomenclature ! Sort order \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the \SpecialChar LaTeX -code of the symbol definition. This leads to undesired results when you, for example, have symbols in formulas. Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols \emph on a \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature LatexCommand nomenclature symbol "a" description "dummy entry for the character \"a\"" literal "false" \end_inset \emph default and \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature LatexCommand nomenclature prefix "sigma" symbol "$\\sigma$" description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}" literal "true" \end_inset . They will be sorted by \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans a \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter $ \backslash sigma$ \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset – the \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ \end_inset will be sorted before the \emph on a \emph default since the character \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset $ \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is considered in sorting. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To control the sort order, you can edit the \family sans Sort \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset as \family default field of the nomenclature dialog. Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol definition. For the example given, you can insert \family typewriter sigma \family default in this field for the \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ \end_inset , then \emph on a \emph default will be located before \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$ \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the \series bold nomencl \series default documentation, \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "nomencl" literal "true" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Nomenclature Options \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Nomenclature ! Options \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Nomenclature-Options" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \series bold nomencl \series default package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature. Here are some of its options; for more have a look at its documentation: \end_layout \begin_layout Description refeq Appends the phrase \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans , see equation ( \emph on eq \emph default ) \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to every nomenclature entry, where \family sans \emph on eq \family default \emph default is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry \end_layout \begin_layout Description refpage Appends the phrase \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans , page ( \emph on page \emph default ) \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to every nomenclature entry, where \family sans \emph on page \family default \emph default is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared \end_layout \begin_layout Description intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document class options list in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default dialog. In this document the options \series bold refpage, intoc \series default are used. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the \family sans Description \family default field in the nomenclature dialog: \end_layout \begin_layout Description \backslash nomrefeq Like the \series bold refeq \series default option \end_layout \begin_layout Description \backslash nomrefpage Like the \series bold refpage \series default option \end_layout \begin_layout Description \backslash nomrefeqpage Short notation of \series bold \backslash nomrefeq \backslash nomrefpage \end_layout \begin_layout Description \backslash nomnorefeq, \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \backslash nomnorefpage, \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \backslash nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Words like \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset page \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset are automatically translated for most document languages. If not, add these lines in front of the nomenclature list as \SpecialChar TeX code: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent \series bold \backslash renewcommand*{ \backslash eqdeclaration}[1]{ \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \size small \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \size default \backslash unskip, see equation \backslash nobreakspace(#1)} \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \backslash renewcommand*{ \backslash pagedeclaration}[1]{ \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \size small \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \size default \backslash unskip, page \backslash nobreakspace{}#1} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If the numbers should be hyperlinks, assure that you use \family sans Hyperref \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Support \family default in the document settings under \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Properties \family default and use instead: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \backslash renewcommand*{ \backslash eqdeclaration}[1]{ \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \backslash unskip, see \backslash hyperlink{equation.#1}{equation \backslash nobreakspace{}(#1)}} \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \backslash renewcommand*{ \backslash pagedeclaration}[1]{ \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \backslash unskip, \backslash hyperlink{page.#1}{page \backslash nobreakspace{}#1}} \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Printing the Nomenclature \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Nomenclature ! Printing \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To print the nomenclature, use the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator List/Contents/References\SpecialChar menuseparator Nomenclature \family default . A box labeled \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans Nomenclature \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output. By right-clicking on it, the amount of space for symbols can be altered. You can choose between these settings: \end_layout \begin_layout Description Default a space of 1 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cm is used \end_layout \begin_layout Description Longest \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset label \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset width the width of the widest symbol of all nomenclature entries is used \end_layout \begin_layout Description Custom custom space \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Nomenclature \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the command \series bold \backslash nomname \series default in the preamble. For example, in order to change the name to \emph on List of Symbols \emph default , add the following line to the preamble: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \backslash AtBeginDocument{ \backslash addto \backslash captionsenglish{ \backslash def \backslash nomname{List of Symbols}}} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When you are using another document language than English, replace \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold \backslash captionsenglish \series default by \series bold \backslash extras*** \series default , where *** is the name of the language used. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Nomenclature Program \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Nomenclature ! Program \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Nomenclature-Program" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX uses the program \family sans makeindex \family default , that is part of every \SpecialChar LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature. \SpecialChar LyX 's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control \family sans makeindex \family default by adding options, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:LaTeX-settings" \end_inset . The available options are listed and explained in \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "nomencl,makeindex" literal "true" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section Branches \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Branches \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Branches \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Branches" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output. For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard For these cases \SpecialChar LyX allows you to put text into branches. The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated. To create a branch, either select the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Branch\SpecialChar menuseparator Insert New Branch \family default (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default dialog to \family sans Branches \family default , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not), its background color inside \SpecialChar LyX and whether the name of the branch should be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active (see below for an example). Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch to the name of the other) and to add \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset unknown branches \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents , without having been defined) to the document's branch list. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes. These boxes are inserted via the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Branch \family default where you can choose a branch. You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking on them. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch is deactivated and therefore does not appear in the output: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Branch Question inverted 0 status open \begin_layout Standard \series bold Question: \series default Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner? \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Branch Answer inverted 0 status collapsed \begin_layout Standard \series bold Answer: \series default Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you activate \family sans Filename Suffix \family default in \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Branches \family default , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export. Consider for example a file \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Exam.lyx \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset which has the above branches. If \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Filename Suffix \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is active, the PDF export file would be called \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Exam.pdf \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset if both the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Question \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Answer \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset branch were inactive, \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Exam-Question.pdf \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset if only the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Question \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset branch was active, likewise \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Exam-Answer.pdf \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset if only the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Answer \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset branch was active, and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Exam-Question-Answer.pdf \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset if both branches were active. This helps you to export different versions of your document easily. \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are also inverted branch insets, whose content is output just in case the branch is \emph on not \emph default activated. This make it easy to add alternative text for different versions of a document. To control whether a particular inset is inverted, right-click on the inset button and choose \family sans Invert \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Inset \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Branch Answer inverted 1 status open \begin_layout Standard \series bold No answer: \series default Because the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Answer \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset branch is deactivated. \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets, like inside equations, you can code special \SpecialChar LaTeX definitions for each branch. For example you can define for the question branch \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout For an introduction to the \SpecialChar LaTeX -syntax, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:LaTeX-Syntax" \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \backslash newcommand{ \backslash question}[1]{#1} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \backslash newcommand{ \backslash answer}[1]{} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard and for the answer branch \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \backslash newcommand{ \backslash question}[1]{} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \backslash newcommand{ \backslash answer}[1]{#1} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Branch Question inverted 0 status open \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash newcommand{ \backslash question}[1]{#1} \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash newcommand{ \backslash answer}[1]{} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Branch Answer inverted 0 status collapsed \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash newcommand{ \backslash question}[1]{} \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash newcommand{ \backslash answer}[1]{#1} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Now it is possible to use the \series bold \backslash question{\SpecialChar ldots } \series default and \series bold \backslash answer{\SpecialChar ldots } \series default commands to obtain conditional output. Here is an example formula where only the \series bold \backslash question \series default part appears: \begin_inset Formula \[ x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}. \] \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the \emph on Math \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Each type of branch is allowed to have its specific style defined in layout files (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset any branch inset can be automatically wrapped by your own \SpecialChar LaTeX commands.). For this advanced usage, see the \emph on Customization \emph default manual, section \emph on Flex insets and InsetLayout \emph default ). \end_layout \begin_layout Section PDF Properties \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:PDF-Properties" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout PDF properties \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator PDF Properties \family default dialog allows you to set up special options for the PDF output of your document. All these options are provided by the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold hyperref \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! hyperref \end_layout \end_inset which will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output. This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a table of contents entry or on a reference to move to the cross-referenced part of the document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The header information in the dialog tab \family sans General \family default is saved together with the PDF as file properties. Many programs are able to extract this information, for example, automatically to recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about. This is very useful to sort, classify or use PDFs for bibliography issues. When the option \family sans Automatically \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset fill \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset header \family default is set, \SpecialChar LyX tries to extract the header information from your document title and author entries. The option \family sans Load \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset in \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset fullscreen \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset mode \family default will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can specify in the dialog tab \family sans Hyperlinks \family default how the links will look and if links for bibliographical backreferences are created. The \family sans Break \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset links \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset over \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset lines \family default option allows long links to be split; \family sans No \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset frames \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset around \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset links \family default and \family sans Color \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset links \family default both turn off the default behavior of enclosing all links in frames; \family sans Color \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset links \family default colors the different links. The default colors are: \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \color magenta magenta \color inherit for hyperlinks and URLs \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \color red red \color inherit for links \end_layout \begin_layout Labeling \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 \color green green \color inherit for citations \end_layout \begin_layout Standard but you can change these in the field \family sans Additional options \family default . For example, in this document they were changed with the additional options: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If the option \family sans Backreferences \family default is set, the hyperlinks will appear in the bibliography after the different entries, showing, depending on the option selected, the number of the section, slide or page where the entry is referenced. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In the dialog tab \family sans Bookmarks \family default you can specify if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document. You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections or not. With the \family sans Open bookmarks \family default \family sans Level \family default you can specify what sectioning level should be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF. For example level \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 1 will only display the sections. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard PDF properties are also used in this document. When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional \series bold hyperref \series default options are used. For an explanation of all them we refer you to the hyperref manual \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "hyperref" literal "true" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section \SpecialChar TeX Code and the \SpecialChar LaTeX Syntax \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:TeX-Code" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \SpecialChar TeX Code Boxes \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar TeX Code \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:TeX-Code-Boxes" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As \SpecialChar LyX uses \SpecialChar LaTeX in the background, it supports many \SpecialChar LaTeX commands and constructs, but not all. \SpecialChar LaTeX contains hundreds of packages that provide different commands. All the time packages are being updated and new ones added. This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there is a \SpecialChar LaTeX -package for every problem, though \SpecialChar LyX cannot support all packages and their commands. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard But don't worry, you can use any \SpecialChar LaTeX -command directly in \SpecialChar LyX inside the \SpecialChar TeX Code box. A \SpecialChar TeX Code box is created by the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator TeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Code \family default or by the toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "ert-insert" \end_inset (shortcut \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "ert-insert" \end_inset ). The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on it and selecting \family sans Close Inset \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can insert complete or incomplete commands as \SpecialChar TeX Code. Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard \SpecialChar LyX text. For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout The LyX way would be to use a framed box. \end_layout \end_inset and are therefore using the \SpecialChar LaTeX -command \series bold \backslash fbox \series default , you can write the command part \series bold \backslash fbox{ \series default in a \SpecialChar TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace \series bold } \series default in a second \SpecialChar TeX Code box behind the word. The word between the two \SpecialChar TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in the following example: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Graphics filename clipart/ERT.png scale 95 \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard gives \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This is a line with a \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash fbox{ \end_layout \end_inset framed \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset word. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default At the end of \SpecialChar LaTeX -commands without parameters, you have to insert a space to let \SpecialChar LaTeX know that the command is finished. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection A Short Introduction to the \SpecialChar LaTeX Syntax \begin_inset Argument 1 status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout The \SpecialChar LaTeX Syntax \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX Syntax \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:LaTeX-Syntax" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something about the \SpecialChar LaTeX -commands that \SpecialChar LyX uses in the background. Because \SpecialChar LaTeX is based on commands, you can \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset program \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset your text. This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at any time if you know the right commands. For example, imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the end of the day. Your boss has just complimented you for your good work but wants to have all caption labels bold. But you have over a hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels in your manual. Of course it is impossible to change all caption labels manually in one day. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Now \SpecialChar LaTeX comes into play. As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a \SpecialChar LaTeX -package. First you have to find out which and therefore look in the \SpecialChar LaTeX package database, \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "Catalogue" literal "true" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As result you find that the package \series bold caption \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! caption \end_layout \end_inset is what you need. To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default \SpecialChar menuseparator \family sans LaTeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Preamble \family default ) with the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \backslash usepackage[options]{package name} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard All \SpecialChar LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within two braces and the options are set within two brackets. Note that not all commands have an argument and options. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In your case the package name is \series bold caption \series default . After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option \series bold labelfont=bf \series default will change the font of all caption labels to bold. So you add the command \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \backslash usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard to the preamble and the problem is solved. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout For more commands provided by the \series bold caption \series default package, have a look at its documentation, \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "caption" literal "true" \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well-known problems like your case. For example if you use a \family sans KOMA-Script \family default class, you don't need the package \series bold caption \series default , you can instead write \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \backslash setkomafont{captionlabel}{ \backslash bfseries} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard in the preamble and the problem is solved. So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the documentation of the document class you want to use. ( \series bold \backslash setkomafont \series default is an example of a command with more than one argument.) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command argument. To insert a \SpecialChar LaTeX -command in text, use the \SpecialChar TeX Code box as described in the previous section. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you want to learn more about \SpecialChar LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the \SpecialChar LaTeX -books \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "latexcompanion,latexguide" literal "true" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Newpage clearpage \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash pagestyle{fancy} \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Note Note status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Left Header \begin_inset Argument 1 status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash rightmark \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Note Note status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout defines the header line as described below \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Center Header \begin_inset Argument 1 status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Right Header \begin_inset Argument 1 status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash leftmark \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Left Footer \begin_inset Argument 1 status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash thepage \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Center Footer \begin_inset Argument 1 status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \series bold \color red \SpecialChar LyX 's user guide \end_layout \end_inset Magic code: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$ \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Right Footer \begin_inset Argument 1 status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash Roman{page} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Section Customized Page Headers and Footers \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Header/Footer line \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Header/Footer line \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To define a custom page header and footer line for your document, you need to set the \family sans Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset style \family default to \family sans Fancy \family default in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default dialog under \family sans Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Layout \family default . As a second step add in the menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Modules \family default the module \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \emph on Custom Header/Footerlines \emph default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . This module offers the following 6 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset environments: \end_layout \begin_layout Description Left \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Header, \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Center \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Header, \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Header \end_layout \begin_layout Description Left \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Footer, \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Center \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Footer, \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Footer \end_layout \begin_layout Standard for the different positions in the header/footer. These environments can be selected in the environment pull-down box. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Normally, headers and footers are set up at the beginning of the document. But you can change them anywhere you want to. Figure \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "fig:Page-layout" \end_inset shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float figure placement h alignment document wide false sideways false status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \noindent \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Left Header \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Center Header \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Right Header \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout The normal text on the page goes here. The running header is above the text, and the footer is below (including footnotes). Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of the chapter, company logo but you can use almost anything, except of floats. \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Left Footer \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Center Footer \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Right Footer \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Caption Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "fig:Page-layout" \end_inset Page layout with custom header and footer line. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note \series default : some document classes implement their own customized page headers and footers if \family sans Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset style \family default is set to “Default”. Check what these are before you specify your own customized page headers and footers. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Definition \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To define your header line, add all three header environments. The things you add to each environment appear on odd numbered pages, the things in the optional arguments on even numbered pages. For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and can be omitted. If you leave a header environment or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output. Defining the footer line works similarly. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard For the definition, you will need some \SpecialChar LaTeX -commands that are inserted as \SpecialChar TeX code (menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator TeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Code \family default ): \end_layout \begin_layout Description \backslash thepage prints the current page number \end_layout \begin_layout Description \backslash Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals \end_layout \begin_layout Description \backslash roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals \end_layout \begin_layout Description \backslash leftmark prints the current section number and title. If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and title instead. It is called \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset leftmark \begin_inset Quotes prd \end_inset because it usually goes in a left header. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \backslash rightmark prints the current subsection number and title. If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and title instead. It is normally used in the right header. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Default header/footer \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The custom header/footer is not empty by default. The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center footer has the page number. In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank. So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank \family sans Center \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Footer \family default style. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Appearance \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The header and footer will appear on normal pages. Some pages are different. The title page has a header/footer environment of its own, and so does any page that starts a new part or chapter in your book. Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal. There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Header and footer decoration line \end_layout \begin_layout Standard By default, you get a 0.4 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt thick line below the header and no footer line. This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands \series bold \backslash headrulewidth \series default and \series bold \backslash footrulewidth \series default in the following way: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \backslash renewcommand{ \backslash headrulewidth}{thickness} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard where thickness is a size in standard units like \family sans \emph on pt \family default \emph default or \family sans \emph on mm \family default \emph default . If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of \SpecialChar LaTeX . If you really need this, have a look at the Internet or in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 4.4 of the book \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "Mittelbach" literal "true" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Several header/footer lines \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In case you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can do this by adding a ragged line break in the style definition. However, the default height of the header/footer is only the height of one text line. To expand the height, redefine the \SpecialChar LaTeX length \series bold \backslash headheight \series default or \series bold \backslash footheight \series default with this entry in \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator LaTeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Preamble \family default : \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \backslash setlength{ \backslash headheight}{height} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard where \series bold height \series default is a size in standard units (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset \series bold 1cm \series default ). If you don't know how much space is needed for the height, define your header/footer and preview your document as a PDF. Then open the \SpecialChar LaTeX logfile with the menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator LaTeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Log \family default and use the button \family sans Next \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Warning \family default to see if you can find a warning about the package \series bold fancyhdr \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! fancyhdr \end_layout \end_inset . If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least for your header/footer. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection This example \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers. Don't use it for your document as it is just an example. This example consists of the following definition: \end_layout \begin_layout Description Left \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Header \series bold \backslash rightmark \series default , empty optional argument \end_layout \begin_layout Description Center \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Header empty, empty optional argument \end_layout \begin_layout Description Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Header empty, \series bold \backslash leftmark \series default in the optional argument \end_layout \begin_layout Description Left \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Footer empty, \series bold \backslash thepage \series default in the optional argument \end_layout \begin_layout Description Center \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Footer \family sans \series bold \color red \SpecialChar LyX 's user guide \family default \series default \color inherit , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Magic code: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in the optional argument \end_layout \begin_layout Description Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Footer \series bold \backslash Roman{page} \series default , empty optional argument \end_layout \begin_layout Description \backslash headrulewidth set to 2 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except floats. For more specialized features, for example, thumb-indexes, see the manual of the \series bold fancyhdr \series default package, \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "fancyhdr" literal "true" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Newpage clearpage \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash pagestyle{headings} \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Note Note status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout switches back to page style with the default headings \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Section Previewing Snippets of your Document \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Instant preview \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Preview \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the fly so you can see how they will look in the final document without having to break your train of thought with viewing the output. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Prerequisites \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To get previews working, you need the \SpecialChar LaTeX package \series bold preview-latex \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! preview-latex \end_layout \end_inset (on some systems named simply \series bold preview \series default ) installed. If it is not already installed, you will find it in the \SpecialChar TeX -catalogue, \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "TeXCatalogue" literal "true" \end_inset or in the package manager of your \SpecialChar LaTeX -system. You obtain prettier results if you install the program \family typewriter pnmcrop \family default from the \family typewriter netpbm \family default package; for \SpecialChar LyX on Windows this program and also the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package are automatically installed together with \SpecialChar LyX . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Enabling previews \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you would for example like to see in \SpecialChar LyX your math formulas typeset by \SpecialChar LaTeX , activate the option \family sans Display \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Graphics \family default in the \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences \family default dialog under \family sans Look \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset feel\SpecialChar menuseparator Display \family default . Then set \family sans Instant \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Preview \family default to \family sans On \family default . The \family sans Preview \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Size \family default is the multiplication factor for the size. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you would like to see everything but your math formulas typeset by \SpecialChar LaTeX , set \family sans Instant \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Preview \family default to \family sans No \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset math \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Previews are generated when you load a document into \SpecialChar LyX and when you finish editing an inset. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default Previews of an already loaded document are not in every case immediately generated by activating the option \family sans Display \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Graphics \family default . Reopening the document will fix such problems. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Selected document parts \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Besides math there are other cases where you might like to see a preview, for example things that \SpecialChar LyX cannot render like rotated parts or things that are not yet supported by \SpecialChar LyX . To do this, insert a preview inset via the menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Preview \family default . Insert or paste the stuff that you want to preview into this inset. The preview will be generated when the cursor is outside the preview inset. If you click on the preview, you can edit the previewed stuff. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard An example: To create rotated boxes, you use the \SpecialChar LaTeX command \series bold \backslash rotatebox \series default which is not yet supported by \SpecialChar LyX . \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash rotatebox \series default is explained in section \emph on Rotated and Scaled Boxes \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \end_inset Instead of the \SpecialChar TeX Code boxes you want to see in \SpecialChar LyX the final rotated boxes, for example to adjust the rotation angle to fit with the surrounding text. Therefore you create a preview inset and copy the text with the rotated boxes into it. Here is the result: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Preview \begin_layout Standard This is a line \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash rotatebox[origin=r]{-60}{ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Box Doublebox position "c" hor_pos "c" has_inner_box 0 inner_pos "c" use_parbox 0 use_makebox 0 width "1in" special "width" height "1in" height_special "totalheight" thickness "0.4pt" separation "3pt" shadowsize "4pt" framecolor "black" backgroundcolor "none" status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout with rotated \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset framed text \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash rotatebox[origin=lb]{60}{ \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\int A\,\mathrm{d}x=B$ \end_inset \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset and a formula. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Previewing works also for colors. In this example a special framed, colored box was created using the \SpecialChar LaTeX command \series bold \backslash fcolorbox \series default : \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold \backslash fcolorbox \series default is explained in section \emph on Colored Boxes \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Preview \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash fboxrule 1mm \backslash fboxsep 1mm \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{ \end_layout \end_inset This is text within a colored, framed box. \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If \SpecialChar LyX does not show a preview, make sure that you enabled previews as described above and also make sure that \SpecialChar TeX Code in the preview inset is valid and that you loaded the \SpecialChar LaTeX packages in your document preamble that are required by the \SpecialChar TeX Code. If \SpecialChar LyX cannot create a preview, you will in most cases also not be able to view your document due to \SpecialChar LaTeX errors. So if you have to use some \SpecialChar TeX Code and don't know if it is correct, the preview inset is a nice method to check it without the need to view the whole document. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \SpecialChar LaTeX source code \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can preview the \SpecialChar LaTeX source of the whole document or parts of it. Use the menu \family sans View\SpecialChar menuseparator Source \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Pane \family default and a window will be shown where you can see the \SpecialChar LaTeX -source code. The window shows the source of the whole paragraph in which the cursor currently sits. You can also select document parts in \SpecialChar LyX 's main window, then only this selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code. To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in the source view window. If you check \family sans Automatic update \family default , you can see the changes as you make them in \SpecialChar LyX ; but note that if you have several documents open, this will slow things down as \SpecialChar LyX updates them all, not just the one which is open at the time. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Advanced Find and Replace \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Advanced-Find-and" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Replace \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Find \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The advanced find and replace feature of \SpecialChar LyX allows for searching of complex, format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within \SpecialChar LyX documents. It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature. The key-features are: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex formulas \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with a section heading will only be found within section headings \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Search may be restricted to mathematics environments only; this is useful for remangling math notation where one does not want to match any text outside of mathematics environments \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Search may be widened to a specific \emph on scope \emph default , i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited, all the open files, or all the manuals available from the \family sans Help \family default menu \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset all lowercase, all uppercase, first letter uppercase followed by lowercase) \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Basic usage \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The advanced find and replace feature is activated through the menu \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Find & Replace \noun on ( \noun default Advanced \noun on ) \family default \noun default (shortcut \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv" \end_inset ) or the toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv" \end_inset . This opens the \family sans Advanced Find and Replace \family default dialog. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Searching for text \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Enter into the \family sans Find \family default \SpecialChar LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking on the \family sans Find \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Next \family default button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break" \end_inset key). The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text. Pressing \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break" \end_inset repeatedly keeps searching forward while pressing \family sans Shift+Return \family default searches backwards. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family sans Case \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset sensitive \family default option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the \family sans Find \family default editor. The \family sans Whole \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset words \family default option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Searching for mathematics \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Mathematical formulas, such as \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$ \end_inset or something more complex like \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$ \end_inset , may be searched for by typing them in the \family sans Find \family default editor. When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas. For example the mentioned segments would be found in something like \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}$ \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Style-aware search \end_layout \begin_layout Standard It is also possible to search for text with specific styles. This is done by switching to the \family sans Settings \family default tab of the dialog and unchecking the \family sans Ignore format \family default option. This way, entering in the \family sans Find \family default editor \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize a normal word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring in emphasized or boldface. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective instances with the same face only, and within the same text style only. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize a normal word in a section heading, and searching for it, would find occurrences of it only within section headings. Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same style. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize a displayed formula will only find instances of this formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Replace \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The entries made in the \family sans Find \family default editor can be replaced with entries made in the \family sans Replace \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset with \family default editor. In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the \family sans Replace \family default button or alternatively press \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "paragraph-break" \end_inset or \family sans Shift+Return \family default while the cursor is in the \family sans Replace \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset with \family default editor. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can replace with fully-featured formatted \SpecialChar LyX entries. Typical scenarios in which to use this capability might be (just to mention two): \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset func() \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset with its typewriter version \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter func() \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing occurrences of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Formula $R$ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset with \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$ \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (you may want to enable the \family sans Whole \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset words \family default and \family sans Case \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset sensitive \family default options and disable the \family sans Ignore format \family default option in the \family sans Settings \family default tab, in order to avoid replacing all \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset R \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$ \end_inset with \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\,j}$ \end_inset , or occurrences of \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$ \end_inset with \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$ \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Advanced usage \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry: \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href target "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression" literal "false" \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset You can search for a regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into the \family sans Find \family default editor. This is done with the context menu \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Insert Regular Expression \family default while the cursor is in the \family sans Find \family default editor. Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular expression matching rules \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed \SpecialChar LyX segment, i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset when matching \SpecialChar LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed to match expressions. \end_layout \end_inset , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the same text in the document. You can cut and paste regexp-mode insets. Examples of using such a feature may be: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering in the \family sans Find \family default editor the fraction \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$ \end_inset (where the \begin_inset Formula $.*$ \end_inset on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all fractions with the given denominator. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking the \family sans Ignore format \family default option from the \family sans Settings \family default tab, entering a \series bold \begin_inset Formula $.*$ \end_inset \series default regular expression and giving it an emphasized or bold face, finds all emphasized or bold face text respectively. Also, by inserting a \begin_inset Formula $.*$ \end_inset regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading, you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual: Enclosing parts of the expression within round braces \begin_inset Formula $()$ \end_inset , and referring back to them through \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$ \end_inset , \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$ \end_inset , etc.. For example, try searching with the regexp \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset [[:space:]]([[:alpha:]]+)[[:space:]] \backslash 1[[:space:]] \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset in order to find word repetitions, if there are any. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The usage of back references in the replaced text is not (yet) implemented. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default Back references work both when occurring within the same regexp, and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute. That is, \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$ \end_inset always refers to the first occurrence of \begin_inset Formula $()$ \end_inset in all entered regexps. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Section Spell Checking \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Spellchecking" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Spell checking \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX has a built-in spell checker. The menu \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Spellchecker \family default , the \family sans F7 \family default key or the toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show spellchecker" \end_inset start the spell checking from either the current cursor position or the beginning of the currently selected text. A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line. Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text scrolled so that it is visible. In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio n, if any could be found. Clicking on one of the corrections will copy it to the \family sans Replacement \family default field, double-clicking directly invokes the replacement. Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language that is set in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default dialog. You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing a different one at the top of the dialog. \SpecialChar LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages. This works if you have set the language of the text parts using the \family sans Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style \family default dialog ( \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show character" \end_inset ) and have the spell checker dictionaries installed. \SpecialChar LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard All spell-checker dictionaries supported by \SpecialChar LyX can be downloaded from here: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_deleted 244031559 1606069762 https://sourceforge.net/projects/lyxwininstaller/files/hunspell/ \change_inserted 244031559 1606069762 https://www.lyx.org/trac/export/HEAD/lyxsvn/dictionaries/trunk/dicts/ \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \change_deleted 244031559 1606070170 There are \change_inserted 244031559 1606070176 You should download \change_unchanged 2 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset files for each language \change_inserted 244031559 1606070127 (use \emph on Original Format \emph default link at the end of the opened webpage) \change_unchanged . To install a dictionary on Windows, copy the \change_inserted 244031559 1606069925 se \change_unchanged 2 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset files into \SpecialChar LyX 's installation subfolder \family sans ~ \backslash Resources \backslash dicts \family default and restart \SpecialChar LyX . \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset With Linux one needs to install the packages for the desired language. The number of these packages vary depending on the Linux distribution, but in most cases these are \family typewriter aspell-xx \family default , \family typewriter hunspell-xx \family default , \family typewriter myspell-xx \family default , etc., where \family sans xx \family default is the language code. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Further Settings \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In the menu \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator Language \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Spellchecker \family default you can set the following things: \end_layout \begin_layout Description Spellchecker \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset engine Select the library \SpecialChar LyX should use for spell checking. Depending on your platform, \family typewriter hunspell \family default or \family typewriter enchant \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends. Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more. \end_layout \end_inset \family default are available. On Windows only \family typewriter hunspell \family default is available. \SpecialChar LyX on Mac \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset OS can also use Mac's own spellchecker and will use it by default. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Alternative \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset language If this field is not empty, \SpecialChar LyX will always use the given language for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Escape \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker should escape, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset German umlauts. This should normally not be needed. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Accept \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset compound \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset words Prevents the spell checker from complaining about compounded words like \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset passthrough \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Spellcheck \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset continuously Checks the spelling of your document as you type it. Misspelled words get underlined with a dotted red line. By right-clicking on an underlined word, suggestions from the spellchecker appear in a context menu. Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested word. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Spellcheck \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset notes \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document content is checked as well. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Thesaurus \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Thesaurus \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Thesaurus" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus. It uses the same thesaurus framework as LibreOffice, OpenOffice and Firefox (namely the \family sans MyThes \family default \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href target "https://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html" literal "false" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset thesaurus library, which is included in \SpecialChar LyX ). Therefore, \SpecialChar LyX is able to directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which are available for many languages. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for the use with \SpecialChar LyX . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Setting up the thesaurus \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family sans MyThes \emph on / \emph default OpenOffice \family default thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix \emph on *.dat \emph default containing the data and an index file with the suffix \emph on *.idx \emph default . The standardized file names include the language code for the given language (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \family sans en_US \family default for US English). For instance, the US English files are named: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize th_en_US_v2.idx \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize th_en_US_v2.dat \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you have \family sans LibreOffice \family default or \family sans OpenOffice \family default and its thesaurus installed, these files should be already on your system and you just need to point \SpecialChar LyX (in \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator Paths\SpecialChar menuseparator Thesaurus \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset dictionaries \family default ) to the path where they are installed. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout On Linux, depending on your distribution and the way you installed the dictionar ies, typical locations are \family typewriter /usr/share/mythes/ \family default , \family typewriter /usr/share/myspell/dicts/ \family default , \family typewriter /usr/share/ooo/thesaurus/ \family default , \family typewriter ~/.config/libreoffice//user/ \family default or alike. On Windows, dictionaries are to be found at \family typewriter ~ \backslash Program Files \backslash LibreOffice- \backslash share \backslash extensions \family default or similar. On the Mac, the default location is \family typewriter /Users\SpecialChar breakableslash \SpecialChar breakableslash Library\SpecialChar breakableslash Application Support\SpecialChar breakableslash libreoffice\SpecialChar breakableslash \SpecialChar breakableslash user \family default /. \end_layout \end_inset On Windows, you can alternatively also select dictionaries for installation during the \SpecialChar LyX installation process, which will then be installed in the correct place right away. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you want to install new\SpecialChar breakableslash \change_deleted 244031559 1606069849 further \change_inserted 244031559 1606069853 updated \change_unchanged thesaurus dictionaries, you can download them from here: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_deleted 244031559 1606069803 https://sourceforge.net/projects/lyxwininstaller/files/thesaurus/ \change_inserted 244031559 1606069803 https://www.lyx.org/trac/export/HEAD/lyxsvn/dictionaries/trunk/thes/ \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To install a new dictionary, download the two files for this dictionary into the thesaurus path (which is set in \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator Paths\SpecialChar menuseparator Thesaurus \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset dictionaries \family default ) and restart \SpecialChar LyX . If this path is not defined yet, you can use a dictionary of your choice and point \SpecialChar LyX there. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Alternatively, you can also install new dictionaries via \family sans LibreOffice\SpecialChar breakableslash OpenOffice \family default or, on Linux, via your package manager (look for \emph on mythes-* \emph default or \emph on libreoffice-thesaurus-* \emph default packages). If you do this, make sure that \SpecialChar LyX is able to find the installed dictionaries, i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. that \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator Paths\SpecialChar menuseparator Thesaurus \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset dictionaries \family default points to the path where you installed these dictionaries. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Using the thesaurus \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To start the thesaurus, use the menu \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Thesaurus \family default or the toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "thesaurus-entry" \end_inset while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is selected. A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as a replacement. The suggestions are grouped into categories. Note that, for some languages (such as English), the thesaurus does not only show equivalent words (synonyms), but also generic terms (such as \emph on organism \emph default for \emph on plant \emph default ), related terms (such as \emph on political \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset theory \emph default for \emph on anarchistic \emph default ), compounds (such as \emph on tree \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset diagram \emph default , if you look for \emph on tree \emph default ) and opposites (antonyms) (such as \emph on girl \emph default for \emph on boy \emph default ). Generic terms, related terms and antonyms are marked as such. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look up directly there. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in the dictionary, such as the above \emph on tree diagram \emph default ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs). For example, looking up the word form \emph on reporting \emph default yields no results, while results are shown for the word form \emph on report \emph default . Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant part of such a word (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset \emph on report \emph default in \emph on report \emph default s); then you will get suggestions without needing to adjust the query in the dialog, and also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted part will be replaced; thus the ending remains). \end_layout \begin_layout Section Change Tracking \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Change Tracking \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Change Tracking \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Change-Tracking" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document. You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not. This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Change \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator Track \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Changes \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors: \bar under \color blue underlined text \bar default \color inherit is an addition, \strikeout on \color blue canceled text \strikeout default \color inherit is a deletion. The color depends on the author that made the change. You can change the color in \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator Look \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset & \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset feel \family default \SpecialChar menuseparator \family sans Colors \family default . \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Color ! Change tracking \end_layout \end_inset The author and the date of the change are shown in \SpecialChar LyX 's status bar when the cursor is in changed text. The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "changes-merge" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in \SpecialChar LyX : \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Toolbar ! Review \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace defskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Graphics filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png scale 90 \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace defskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The review toolbar as shown above contains the following buttons: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace defskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "changes-track" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Change \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator Track \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Changes \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "changes-output" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Change \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator Show \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Changes \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset in \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Output \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "change-next" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Jumps to the next change \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "change-accept" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Change \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator Accept \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Change \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "change-reject" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Change \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator Reject \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Change \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "changes-merge" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Change \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator Merge \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Changes \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "all-changes-accept" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Change \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator Accept \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset All \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Changes \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "all-changes-reject" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Change \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator Reject \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset All \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Changes \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "note-insert" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Note\SpecialChar menuseparator LyX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Note \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "note-next" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator Next \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Note \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace defskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Not all changes are (yet) visualized, especially no format changes like from \emph on normal \emph default to \emph on bold \emph default font or \emph on Standard \emph default to \emph on Description \emph default paragraph. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons. When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about the next change after the current cursor position. So you don't need to highlight a certain change. Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and step to the next change. This way you can jump through all the changes in the document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important to describe a change. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted -712698321 1577206802 To show the changes made in the output you need the \SpecialChar LaTeX package \series bold dvipost \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! dvipost \end_layout \end_inset installed. You will find it in the \SpecialChar TeX Catalogue, \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "TeXCatalogue" literal "true" \end_inset or in the package manager of your \SpecialChar LaTeX -system. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Section Comparison of Documents \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Comparison-of-Documents" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Comparison of documents \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can compare two different \SpecialChar LyX files via the menu \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Compare \family default . The comparison result is a \SpecialChar LyX file with change tracking enabled showing the differences. In the comparison dialog you can select from which document \SpecialChar LyX should take the document settings for the resulting difference file with the option \family sans Copy \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Document \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Settings \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset from \family default . The option \family sans Enable \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset change \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset tracking \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset features \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset in \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset the \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset output \family default enables the change tracking option \family sans Show \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Changes \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset in \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Output \family default to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file. \end_layout \begin_layout Section International Support \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout International support \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This section describes how to use \SpecialChar LyX with any language you want. For some languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain how to set up \SpecialChar LyX to use them: \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "Arabic,Armenian,Cyrillic,Farsi,Hebrew,Japanese" literal "true" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Besides languages, \SpecialChar LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Special-Character" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Language Options \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Language ! Options \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Settings \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Language \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Language \family default dialog lets you set \family roman the language, the quote style and character encoding \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Under \family sans Encoding \family default you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for \SpecialChar LaTeX export. The option \family sans Language \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Default \family default is the preferred choice and works well in most cases. For details about the different encoding options see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Language-encodings" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Keyboard mapping configuration \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Keyboard-mapping" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you have for example a U. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you can use an alternate keymap. For example, if you want to write in Italian, you can configure \SpecialChar LyX to use an Italian keymap. The \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator Editing\SpecialChar menuseparator Keyboard/Mouse \family default dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Keyboard-Map" \end_inset . You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select which one you want to use. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance). You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset S.-style keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German. In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing one to support the characters you want. This and many other customizations are explained in the \emph on Customization \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter \start_of_appendix The User Interface \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "chap:The-User-Interface" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality. It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special topic inside the user's guide. \end_layout \begin_layout Section The File Menu \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Menu ! File \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Under the \family sans File \family default menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection New \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Creates a new document. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection New from Template \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This menu entry prompts you for a template to use. Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually. \change_inserted -712698321 1553353209 Furthermore, templates can provide text structures and fragments for recurring writing tasks. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Open \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Opens a document. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Open Recent \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files. Click there on a file to open it. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted -712698321 1553352812 Open Example \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1553352848 This menu entry gives you quick access to all \SpecialChar LyX example files. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Close \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Closes the current document. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Close All \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Closes all opened documents. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Save \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Saves the actual document. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Save As \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy. \change_inserted -712698321 1553352868 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted -712698321 1553352875 Save As Template \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1553352904 Saves the document in the appropriate templates directory for later use as a template. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Save All \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Saves all opened documents. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Revert to saved \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Reloads the actual document from disk. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Version Control \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This is used when multiple people are working on the same document or when one person wants to keep a careful archive of changes. It is described in the section \emph on Version Control in \SpecialChar LyX \emph default of the \emph on Additional Features \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Import \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here you can import files from older \SpecialChar LyX versions, HTML files, \SpecialChar LaTeX files, NoWeb files, plain text files and comma separated, table-like text files (CSV). The files will be imported as a new \SpecialChar LyX document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When using the menu entry \family sans Plain \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset text \family default , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu entry \family sans Plain \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Text, \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Join \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Lines \family default , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph. A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Export \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Export" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can export your document to various file formats. The resulting files are placed in the directory of your \SpecialChar LyX file. The menu entries are not the same on all installations. They depend on the programs found by \SpecialChar LyX during its configuration. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Output-file-formats" \end_inset : \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans CJK \family default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset LyX format of the special \SpecialChar LyX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese and Korean (CJK) \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Since \SpecialChar LyX 1.5.0 CJK support has been fully integrated into \SpecialChar LyX . \end_layout \begin_layout Description DocBook text file with code in the language SGML that is used for the markup language \family typewriter DocBook \end_layout \begin_layout Description DocBook \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (XML) text file with code in the language XML that is used for the markup language \family typewriter DocBook \end_layout \begin_layout Description DraftDVI \SpecialChar LaTeX 's native DVI-format. This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in files paths or file names in your document. \SpecialChar LyX use this format internally as a pre-stage to export to \family sans DVI \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Description DVI DVI-format that also allows the usage of special characters or spaces in files paths or file names \end_layout \begin_layout Description DVI \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (Lua \family sans TeX \family default ) DVI-format using the program \family typewriter Lua\SpecialChar TeX \family default ; supports Unicode and the usage of non-\SpecialChar TeX fonts; \series bold \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default not all DVI-viewers are currently able to display this output format properly. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description EPS \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (cropped) the same as \family sans PostScript \family default but with cropped page margins. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Graphviz \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Dot text file with code in the programming language \family typewriter Dot \family default which is used to draw visualizations of graphs via the program \family typewriter Graphviz \end_layout \begin_layout Description HTML HTML-format; \series bold \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default the exported file will be stored in a subdirectory. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description HTML \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (MS \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to \family sans MS Word \family default ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not in the format \family sans MathML \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans LaTeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset ( \family default Lua \family sans TeX) \family default text file with the \SpecialChar LaTeX source that is compilable with the program \family typewriter Lua\SpecialChar TeX \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans LaTeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pdflatex) \family default text file with the \SpecialChar LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document will be converted to a format that is readable by the \family typewriter pdflatex \family default program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG) \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans LaTeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (plain) \family default text file with the \SpecialChar LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable by the \family typewriter latex \family default program \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans LaTeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset ( \family default Xe \family sans TeX) \family default text file with the \SpecialChar LaTeX source that is compilable with the program \family typewriter Xe\SpecialChar TeX \end_layout \begin_layout Description LilyPond \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset book \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (La \family sans TeX \family default ) text file with the \SpecialChar LaTeX source and also code in the syntax of the music notation software \family typewriter LilyPond \end_layout \begin_layout Description LyX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset z.y.x \SpecialChar LyX -Document in a format readable by the \SpecialChar LyX versions z.y.x (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset "\SpecialChar LyX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2.1.x"; \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset z \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset y \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset represent the version number) \end_layout \begin_layout Description LyX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Archive \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (zip|tar.gz) creates a zip-archive or a tar.gz-archive file (depending upon your system) that contains your document and all files that are necessary to compile it (images, child documents, Bib\SpecialChar TeX files, etc.) \end_layout \begin_layout Description LyXHTML HTML-format using \SpecialChar LyX 's internal XHTML engine \end_layout \begin_layout Description MS \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Word \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Office \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Open \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset XML Office Open XML file, to be opened with \family sans Microsoft Word \family default . For the conversion the program \family typewriter Pandoc \family default is used. \family typewriter Pandoc \family default is a third-party product and may not work in all cases. \end_layout \begin_layout Description NoWeb text file with code in the format of the literate programming language \family typewriter NoWeb \end_layout \begin_layout Description OpenDocument \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (Pandoc) OpenDocument file, to be opened with \family sans LibreOffice, OpenOffice, KOffice, Abiword \family default , etc.. For the conversion the program \family typewriter Pandoc \family default is used. \family typewriter Pandoc \family default is a third-party product and may not work in all cases. \end_layout \begin_layout Description OpenDocument \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (tex4ht) OpenDocument file. For the conversion the program \family typewriter tex4ht \family default is used. \family typewriter tex4ht \family default is a third-party product and may not work in all cases. \end_layout \begin_layout Description PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (cropped) the same as \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pdflatex) \family default but with cropped page margins \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (dvipdfm) \family default PDF-format using the program \family typewriter dvipdfm \family default , produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (lower \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset resolution) \family default the same as \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pdflatex) \family default but with a reduced pixel resolution of 150 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset dpi (e.g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset useful for e-books to be read on tablet PCs or for large documents as intermedia te preview) \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (LuaTeX) \family default PDF-format using the program \family typewriter Lua\SpecialChar TeX \family default , produces PDF-files directly \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pdflatex) \family default PDF-format using the program \family typewriter pdflatex \family default , produces PDF-files directly \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ps2pdf) \family default PDF-format using the program \family typewriter ps2pdf \family default , produces internally a PostScript-file which is then converted to a PDF-file \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (XeTeX) \family default PDF-format using the program \family typewriter Xe\SpecialChar TeX \family default , produces PDF-files directly \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans Plain \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset text \family default text format \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans Plain \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ps2ascii) \family default text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format and then exported as text using the program \family sans ps2ascii \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans Postscript \family default PostScript format using the program \family typewriter dvips \family default ; for possible \family typewriter dvips \family default options see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:General-output" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description Sweave text file with the \SpecialChar LaTeX source and also code in the statistical programming language \family typewriter R \family default . Using the \family typewriter R \family default -function \family typewriter Sweave \family default it is possible to use \family typewriter R \family default -commands in \SpecialChar LaTeX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If one of the menu entries \family sans DVI \family default , \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pdflatex) \family default or \family sans Postscript \family default is missing, you need to update your \SpecialChar LaTeX installation. After updating you have to reconfigure \SpecialChar LyX , see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup" \end_inset . \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Reconfiguration of \SpecialChar LyX \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Fax \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This menu entry will only appear if you have a fax program installed (on Windows you additionally need to register its program path to \SpecialChar LyX 's PATH prefix, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Paths" \end_inset ). With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like \family typewriter hylapex \family default or \family typewriter kdeprintfax \family default . The default format of the sent file is PostScript. The format can be changed in \SpecialChar LyX 's preferences as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Converters" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection New and Close Window \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Opens or closes a new instance of \SpecialChar LyX . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Exit \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits. \end_layout \begin_layout Section The Edit Menu \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Menu ! Edit \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Undo and Redo \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Select Whole Inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Selects the content of the inset in which the cursor currently is. If the cursor is outside an inset, the whole document will be selected. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Select All \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Selects the whole document. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Find & Replace (Quick) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Find & Replace (Advanced) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Move Paragraph Up/Down \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This shifts the paragraph in which the cursor currently is one paragraph up or down. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_deleted -712698321 1525756612 Text Style \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted -712698321 1525756612 Described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the" \end_inset . \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Paragraph Settings \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Paragraph ! Settings \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width. These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently in. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you have chosen to separate paragraphs with \family sans Indentation \family default in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Layout \family default dialog. \change_inserted -712698321 1525756614 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted -712698321 1525756624 Text Properties \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1525756615 This sub-menu provides several ways to customize the appearance of text passages. You can \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_inserted -712698321 1525756657 Customize text properties by means of the \family sans Text Properties \family default dialog (via \family sans Customize\SpecialChar ldots \family default ; this is described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the" \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_inserted -712698321 1525756942 Apply the last settings done in this dialog via \family sans Apply last settings \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \change_inserted -712698321 1525756615 Change the casing of selected text ( \family sans Capitalize \family default , \family sans Uppercase \family default , \family sans Lowercase \family default ) \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted -712698321 1525756641 Custom Text Styles \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1525756787 This sub-menu only appears the document class or a module provides custom text styles (in the case of this document: \family sans Code \family default , \family sans Emph \family default , \family sans Noun \family default and \family sans Strong \family default , provided by the \family sans Logical Markup \family default module). See section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Custom-Character-Styles" \end_inset for details. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Table and Rows & Columns \end_layout \begin_layout Standard These menus only appear if the cursor is inside a table. It allows you to create multicolumn and multirow cells, add or remove borders of a cell and to set the alignment of the cell. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Dissolve Inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This menu only appears if the cursor is inside an inset. It will dissolve this inset. This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal text. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Settings or Math \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This menu is only active if the cursor is inside an inset or a formula. Here you can change the properties of the inset or the formula. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Increase/Decrease List Depth \end_layout \begin_layout Standard These menus are only active if the cursor is in an environment that can be nested. They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Nesting" \end_inset and \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Numbering-depth" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section The View Menu \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Menu ! View \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard At the bottom of the \family sans View \family default menu the opened documents are listed. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Open/Close all Insets \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Opens/closes all insets in your document. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Unfold/Fold Math Macros \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Unfolds/folds the current math macro. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Math macros are described in the \emph on Math \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Outline Pane \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Shows the outline window as described in sections \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Navigating" \end_inset and \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Table-of-Contents" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Source Pane \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Messages Pane \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Opens a window showing console messages. This is useful for debugging \SpecialChar LyX (i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background while \SpecialChar LaTeX is processing the document. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Toolbars \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Toolbars" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Toolbar \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In this menu entry you can set the icon size and the appearance of the different toolbars. All toolbars and the \family sans Command \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Buffer \family default can be turned on and off. The \emph on on \emph default state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark. The \family sans Table \family default , \family sans Math, \family default \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Macros, \family default \family sans Review \family default and \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Panels \family default toolbars can additionally be set to the state \emph on automatic \emph default , denoted in the menu with the suffix \family sans (auto) \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In the \emph on on \emph default state the toolbar is permanently shown; in the \emph on automatic \emph default state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment or when a certain feature is enabled. That means that the review toolbar will only be shown if change tracking is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown if the cursor is inside a formula or table respectively. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar LyX 's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Toolbars" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Split View \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans Split \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset View \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset into \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Left \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Right \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Half \family default will split \SpecialChar LyX 's main window vertically while \family sans Split \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset View \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset into \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Upper \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset and \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Lower \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Half \family default will split it horizontally. This allows you to view documents at the same time to compare them, or to view the same document, but at different positions. You can even split the main window several times to view, for example, three or more documents at the same time. To close a split view, use the menu \family sans Close \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Current \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset View \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Close Current View \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Closes a split view. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Fullscreen \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars so that you will see nothing but your text. It furthermore displays \SpecialChar LyX 's main window fullscreen. To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu. \end_layout \begin_layout Section The Insert Menu \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Menu ! Insert \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Math \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "chap:Mathematical-Formulas" \end_inset and the \emph on Math \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Special Character \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Special-Character" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here you can insert the following characters: \end_layout \begin_layout Description Symbols Opens the \family sans Symbols \family default dialog which allows you to insert any character that can be output by your \SpecialChar LaTeX system. By default groups of characters are displayed in character categories; the available characters depend on the \SpecialChar LaTeX -packages you have installed. You can get a complete display by checking \family sans Display \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset all \family default . \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default Not all characters will be visible in the \family sans Symbols \family default dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences dialog (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Screen-Fonts" \end_inset ) can display every character. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar ldots \end_layout \begin_layout Description End \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset of \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Sentence Inserts an end of sentence period as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Abbreviations" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Ordinary \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote style you selected in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Language \family default dialog. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Single \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Quote Inserts a single quote in the quotation marks style selected in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Language \family default dialog. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Protected \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar nobreakdash \end_layout \begin_layout Description Breakable \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Slash Inserts a slash where a line break can also occur: \SpecialChar breakableslash \end_layout \begin_layout Description Visible \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space \change_deleted -712698321 1590482504 Inserts a character representing a single space (the one you get when pressing the \family sans Space \family default key): \begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{} \end_inset \change_unchanged Inserts a character to visualize that there is or should be a space. This is e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset useful if you need to indicate a space in a command sequence. An example from the \SpecialChar LyX \emph on Math \emph default manual: \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset To insert a fraction use the command \series bold \backslash frac \begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{} \end_inset A \begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ \end_inset B. \series default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset The visible space is hereby the character before the \series bold A \series default . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Menu \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar menuseparator \end_layout \begin_layout Description Phonetic \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Symbols \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Phonetic symbols \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Language ! Phonetic symbols \end_layout \end_inset Inserts a box where you can insert symbols from the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) and opens a toolbar which provides a large set of these symbols. To use this feature you must have the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold tipa \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! tipa \end_layout \end_inset installed. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset More information about this feature can be found in the \emph on Linguistics \emph default manual ( \family sans Help\SpecialChar menuseparator Specific Manuals \family default ). \end_layout \begin_layout Description Logos Inserts the logos of the programs \SpecialChar LyX , \SpecialChar TeX , \SpecialChar LaTeX and \SpecialChar LaTeX2e . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Formatting \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Opens a submenu with the following options: \end_layout \begin_layout Description Superscript Inserts a superscript: test \begin_inset script superscript \begin_layout Plain Layout a, b \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description Subscript Inserts a subscript: test \begin_inset script subscript \begin_layout Plain Layout 3x \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description Protected \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space Inserts a protected space as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Protected-Space" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Interword \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space Inserts an inter-word space as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Inter-word-Space" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Thin \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space Inserts a thin space as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Thin-Space" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description \change_deleted -712698321 1590482457 Visible \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space Inserts a character to visualize that there is or should be a space. This is e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset useful if you need to indicate a space in a command sequence. An example from the \SpecialChar LyX \emph on Math \emph default manual: \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset To insert a fraction use the command \series bold \backslash frac \begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{} \end_inset A \begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ \end_inset B. \series default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset The visible space is hereby the character before the \series bold A \series default . \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Description Horizontal \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space Inserts horizontal space as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Horizontal-Space" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Horizontal \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Line Inserts a horizontal line as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Horizontal-Lines" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Vertical \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Space Inserts vertical space as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Vertical-Space" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Phantom Inserts a Phantom space as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Phantom-Space" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Hyphenation \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Point Inserts a hyphenation point as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Hyphenation" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Ligature \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Break Inserts a ligature break as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Ligatures" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Optional \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Line \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Break Inserts a line break point (zero-width space character) that is invisible in the output. See section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Dashes-and-line-breaks" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" \end_inset for a usage example. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Ragged \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Line \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Break Inserts a forced line break as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Forced-Line-Breaks" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Justified \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Break Inserts a forced line break that \change_deleted -712698321 1590482910 right \change_unchanged justifies the remaining text as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Forced-Line-Breaks" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description New \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Page Inserts a forced page break as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Forced-Page-Breaks" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Break Inserts a forced page break that shares the extra space among paragraph breaks instead of leaving it at the bottom of the page, as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Forced-Page-Breaks" \end_inset . \change_inserted -712698321 1607005731 \end_layout \begin_layout Description \change_inserted -712698321 1607005924 No \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Page \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Break Instructs \SpecialChar LaTeX to prevent a page break at the given position. See section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Suppressing-Page-Breaks" \end_inset . \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Description Clear \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Page Inserts a clear page break as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Clear-Page-Breaks" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Clear \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Double \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Page Inserts a clear doublepage break as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Clear-Page-Breaks" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_inserted -712698321 1533459357 Field \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1533459959 Here you can insert fields holding specific information. The submenu allows you to insert \end_layout \begin_layout Description \change_inserted -712698321 1533460018 Date \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (Current) inserts the current date (which will automatically update itself) \end_layout \begin_layout Description \change_inserted -712698321 1533460347 Date \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (Last \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Modification) inserts the date of the last file modification (time of last save) \end_layout \begin_layout Description \change_inserted -712698321 1533647074 Date \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (Fix) inserts a static date that will not change. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \change_inserted -712698321 1533647089 Time \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (Current) inserts the current time (which will automatically update itself) \end_layout \begin_layout Description \change_inserted -712698321 1533647093 Time \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (Last \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Modification) inserts the time of the last file modification (time of last save) \end_layout \begin_layout Description \change_inserted -712698321 1533647133 Time \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (Fix) inserts a static time that will not change. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \change_inserted -712698321 1533647170 File \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Name \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (Excl. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Extension) inserts the name of the current file (without the extension .lyx) \end_layout \begin_layout Description \change_inserted -712698321 1533647240 User \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Name inserts the user name as specified in \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator Identity \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Description \change_inserted -712698321 1533647259 User \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Email inserts the user email address as specified in \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator Identity \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Description \change_inserted -712698321 1533460561 Other\SpecialChar ldots opens a dialog that lets you insert alternative formats of the three date types listed above and insert a range of other information. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \family sans List/Contents/References \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry. The \family sans Table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset of Contents \family default , the \family sans List of Algorithms \family default , \family sans List of Figures, \family default \family sans List of Tables \family default and \family sans List of Listings \family default are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:toc" \end_inset . The \family sans Index List \family default is described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Index" \end_inset , the \family sans Nomenclature \family default is described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Nomenclature" \end_inset and the \family sans Bib\SpecialChar TeX Bibliography \family default is described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Bibliography-databases" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Float \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To insert floats, as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Floats" \end_inset and in detail the chapter \emph on Floats \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Note \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To insert notes, described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Notes" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Branch \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Inserts a branch inset, if any, and allowing you to create and insert a new branch. Branches are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Branches" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Custom Insets \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Inserts document class-specific insets. Such insets only exist if they are defined in the layout file for a certain document class. An example is the document class \change_deleted -712698321 1553354540 \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset article ( \change_unchanged \emph on Elsevier \change_deleted -712698321 1553354543 \emph default ) \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \change_unchanged with three custom insets. The section \emph on Flex insets and InsetLayout \emph default in \emph on Installing New Document Classes, The Layout file format \emph default of the \emph on Customization \emph default manual explains how custom insets are defined. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection File \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout External Material \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other files in your document. For more information see chapter \emph on External Document Parts \emph default of the Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Box \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Boxes \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Inserts a box in a certain style. Boxes are described in detail in the chapter \emph on Boxes \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Citation \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Opens the \family sans Citation \family default dialog as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Bibliography" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Cross-Reference \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Inserts a \family sans cross-reference \family default as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Cross-References" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Label \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Inserts a \family sans label \family default as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Cross-References" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Caption \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Captions \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Tables ! Multi-page ! Caption \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Inserts a caption in a float or multi-page table. Floats are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Floats" \end_inset ; captions in multi-page tables are described in the section \emph on Multi-page \change_inserted -712698321 1590482693 Table \change_unchanged Captions \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Index Entry \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Inserts an index entry as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Index" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Nomenclature Entry \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Nomenclature" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Table \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Opens a dialog allowing you to specify the rows and columns of the table. Tables are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Tables" \end_inset and in detail in the chapter \emph on Tables \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Graphics \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Opens the \family sans Graphics \family default dialog. Graphics are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Graphics" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection URL \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Inserts a URL as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:URLs" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Hyperlink \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Inserts a hyperlink as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Hyperlinks" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Footnote \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Inserts a footnote as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Footnotes" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Marginal Note \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Inserts a marginal note as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Marginal-Notes" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \family sans Separate (Above/Below) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard These menu items are only visible if it is possible to have two consecutive environments of the same type. See section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Separate-Nestings" \end_inset for an explanation. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Short Title \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Is only visible if the cursor is in front, in or behind a section heading, title or caption of a float. Inserts a short title as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Short-Titles" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \SpecialChar TeX Code \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Inserts a \SpecialChar TeX Code box as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:TeX-Code-Boxes" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Program Listing \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Program listings \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Inserts a program listings box. Program listings are explained in the chapter \emph on Program Code Listings \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \change_deleted -712698321 1533459320 Date \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted -712698321 1533459320 Inserts the actual date. The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for \SpecialChar LyX 's menus. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Preview \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Inserts a preview inset as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section The Navigate Menu \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Menu ! Navigate \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset of the current document. This allows you to navigate easily through your document. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Bookmarks \end_layout \begin_layout Standard With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks. This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have to jump, for example, between section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2.5 and 6.3. To create bookmarks for this example, go to section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 2.5 and use the submenu \family sans Save \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Bookmark \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 1 \family default . Then go to section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 6.3 and use \family sans Save \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Bookmark \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \family default 2. Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by the key bindings \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "bookmark-goto 1" \end_inset and \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "bookmark-goto 2" \end_inset .You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed. The submenu \family sans Clear \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Bookmarks \family default allows you to clear bookmarks while the submenu \family sans Navigate \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Back \family default jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Next Note, Change, Cross-reference \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference after the current cursor position. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Go to Label \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Only active if the cursor is in front of a cross-reference. Sets the cursor before the referenced label. (It is the same as if you right-click on a cross-reference box and use \family sans Go \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset to \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Label) \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Forward Search \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Allows you to jump directly to the corresponding text part in the output, see section \emph on The \SpecialChar LyX Server\SpecialChar menuseparator Forward \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset search \emph default in the \emph on Additional \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Features \emph default manual for a detailed description. \end_layout \begin_layout Section The Document Menu \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Menu ! Document \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Change Tracking \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Change Tracking is described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Change-Tracking" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection La \family sans TeX \family default Log \end_layout \begin_layout Standard After running \SpecialChar LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be enabled. It shows the logfile of the \SpecialChar LaTeX -program used. You can go to the next error or the next warning, search, copy something to the clipboard or update the view. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset With the help of the logfile, experts can find reasons for \SpecialChar LaTeX -errors. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard With the button \family sans Open Containing Directory \family default one can open \SpecialChar LyX 's temporary folder for the document. This folder contains all converted and created files to generate the output. Some of these files might be of interest for experts to solve problems or for writers who need to supply intermediate files. For example some journals require to send the \family sans *.bbl \family default file (a text file with the used Bib\SpecialChar TeX references). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Start Appendix Here \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Sets the start of the appendices of the document at the current cursor position as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Appendices" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection View \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset [] \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This menu entry generates the output in the format you have specified as default output format for the document (menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Output\SpecialChar menuseparator Default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Output \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Format \family default ; see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Doc-Formats" \end_inset ) or in the \SpecialChar LyX preferences (menu \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator File \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator File \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Formats\SpecialChar menuseparator Default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Output \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Format \family default ; see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:File-Formats" \end_inset ) and opens it in an appropriate viewer. The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences (menu \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator File \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator File \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Formats\SpecialChar menuseparator Viewer \family default ; see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:File-Formats" \end_inset ). The default viewers are set by \SpecialChar LyX when it is first configured. The default output format is \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pdflatex) \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection View (Other Formats) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard With this menu you can view your document in alternative output formats. The menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual document with an external program. The menu entries are not the same on all installations — it depends on the \SpecialChar LaTeX programs that are found when \SpecialChar LyX was configured. All possible formats are listed in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Export" \end_inset . You should at least see the menu entry \family sans DVI \family default . If it is missing, you need to update or repair your \SpecialChar LaTeX installation. After updating you have to reconfigure \SpecialChar LyX (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup" \end_inset . \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Reconfiguration of \SpecialChar LyX \end_layout \end_inset ) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Invoking a view menu will start a viewer program. The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences (menu \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator File \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator File \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Formats\SpecialChar menuseparator Viewer \family default ; see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:File-Formats" \end_inset ). The default viewers are set by \SpecialChar LyX when it is first configured. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Update \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset [] \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in the default output format) without opening a new viewer window. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Update (Other Formats) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard With this menu you can update the view of alternative output formats of your document without opening a new viewer window. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection View Master Document \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document, which is then its \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset master \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (see section \emph on Child Documents \emph default in the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual for more information on this topic). This item allows you to view the master document from within its child. That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a book, \family sans View \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Master \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Document \family default generates the output of the whole book, while \family sans View \family default will just output the chapter alone. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The format used by this function is the default output format as specified in the document settings (menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Output\SpecialChar menuseparator Default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Output \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Format \family default ; see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Doc-Formats" \end_inset ) or in the preferences (menu \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator File \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator File \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Formats\SpecialChar menuseparator Default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Output \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Format \family default ; see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:File-Formats" \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Update Master Document \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document, which is then its \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset master \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (see section \emph on Child Documents \emph default in the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual for more information on this topic). This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within its child without the need to switch to the master document itself. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The format used by this function is the default output format as specified in the document settings (menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Output\SpecialChar menuseparator Default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Output \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Format \family default ; see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Doc-Formats" \end_inset ) or in the preferences (menu \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator File \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator File \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Formats\SpecialChar menuseparator Default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Output \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Format \family default ; see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:File-Formats" \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Compressed \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Compressed" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Un/compresses the current document. For documents under version control it is strongly recommended to disable compression (see the \emph on Additional Features \emph default manual for details). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Disable Editing \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Toggles the read-only state for the document. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Settings \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The document settings are described in appendix \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "chap:The-Document-Settings" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section The Tools Menu \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Menu ! Tools \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Spellchecker \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Spell checking is explained in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Spellchecking" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Thesaurus \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The thesaurus is described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Thesaurus" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Statistics \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Word count \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Character count \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Returns the number of the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted document part. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Check \family sans TeX \family default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Chk\SpecialChar TeX \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Generates with the help of the program \family typewriter Chk\SpecialChar TeX \family default a log of possible \SpecialChar LaTeX -errors and displays it in a dialog. This feature is not available on Windows. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \family sans TeX \family default Information \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar TeX Information \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Shows you a list of the document classes and styles installed in your \SpecialChar LaTeX -system. Use the option \family sans Show \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset path \family default to see the full filename paths. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Compare \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Compare \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Opens a dialog to compare \SpecialChar LyX files as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Comparison-of-Documents" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Reconfigure \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LyX ! Reconfigure|see \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout { \end_layout \end_inset Reconfiguration of \SpecialChar LyX \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout } \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Reconfiguration of \SpecialChar LyX \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Reconfigures \SpecialChar LyX ; that is, \SpecialChar LyX looks for \SpecialChar LaTeX -packages and programs it needs; see also section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Preferences \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Opens the \family sans Preferences \family default dialog as described in detail in appendix \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "chap:The-Preferences-dialog" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section The Help Menu \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Menu ! Help \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This menu lists the documentation files of \SpecialChar LyX in the language of \SpecialChar LyX 's menus. If a file is not available in this language, the English version will be listed. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The menu \family sans LaTeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Configuration \family default shows a \SpecialChar LyX document with information about the \SpecialChar LaTeX packages and classes found by \SpecialChar LyX (see also section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup" \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The menu \family sans About \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset LyX \family default gives information about the copyright, the credits and the \SpecialChar LyX version you are using. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Toolbars \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Toolbars" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Toolbars" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard It is also possible to define custom toolbars. This is described in the \emph on Additional Features \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Standard Toolbar \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Toolbar ! Standard \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Graphics filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png width 100col% \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace defskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following buttons: \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash setlength{ \backslash LTleft}{0pt} \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Note Note status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout This is necessary to left align the following longtables. See the \emph on Embedded Objects \emph default manual for more information. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace defskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Graphics filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png clip \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout pull-down box for the environments \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace -10mm \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align left \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "buffer-new" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator New \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "file-open" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Open \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "buffer-write" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Save \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show spellchecker" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Spellchecker \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "spelling-continuously" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Spellcheck continuously \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "undo" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Undo \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "redo" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Redo \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "cut" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Cut \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "copy" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Copy \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "paste" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Paste \change_inserted -712698321 1545905310 \family default or \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Paste Recent \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show findreplace" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Find \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset & \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Replace \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset (Quick) \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Find \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset & \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Replace \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset (Advanced) \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "bookmark-goto 0" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator Bookmarks\SpecialChar menuseparator Navigate Back \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "font-emph" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Emphasize text, function of the \change_deleted -712698321 1525758222 \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style\SpecialChar menuseparator Customized \change_inserted -712698321 1525758222 \family default \begin_inset Info type "menu" arg "dialog-show character" \end_inset \change_unchanged dialog \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "font-noun" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Set text to noun style, function of the \change_deleted -712698321 1525758226 \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style\SpecialChar menuseparator Customized \change_inserted -712698321 1525758226 \family default \begin_inset Info type "menu" arg "dialog-show character" \end_inset \change_unchanged dialog \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted -712698321 1545900859 \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dynamic-char-styles" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted -712698321 1545900930 \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Custom Text Styles \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_deleted -712698321 1545899987 \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "textstyle-apply" \end_inset \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_deleted -712698321 1545900001 Format text using the current settings in the \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style\SpecialChar menuseparator Customized \family default dialog \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "math-mode" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Math\SpecialChar menuseparator Inline \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Formula \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Graphics \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "tabular-insert" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Table \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted -712698321 1545900837 \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dynamic-custom-insets" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted -712698321 1545900953 \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Custom Insets \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-toggle toc" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Toggle outline window on/off, \family sans View\SpecialChar menuseparator Outline \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "toolbar-toggle math" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Toggle math toolbar on/off \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "toolbar-toggle table" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Toggle table toolbar on/off \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Extra Toolbar \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Toolbar ! Extra \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Graphics filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png width 100col% \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace defskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following buttons: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace defskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "layout" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Default \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "layout-toggle Enumerate" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Numbered list \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "layout-toggle Itemize" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Itemized list \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "layout-toggle List" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout List \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "layout-toggle Description" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Description list \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "depth-increment" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Increase \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset List \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Depth \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "depth-decrement" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Decrease \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset List \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Depth \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "float-insert figure" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Float\SpecialChar menuseparator Figure \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "float-insert table" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Float\SpecialChar menuseparator Table \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "label-insert" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Label \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Cross-Reference \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Citation \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "index-insert" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Index \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Entry \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "nomencl-insert" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Nomenclature \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Entry \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "footnote-insert" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Footnote \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "marginalnote-insert" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Marginal \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Note \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "note-insert" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Note\SpecialChar menuseparator LyX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Note \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "box-insert Frameless" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Box \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "href-insert" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Hyperlink \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "ert-insert" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator TeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Code \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator Math\SpecialChar menuseparator Macro \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show-new-inset include" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator File\SpecialChar menuseparator Child \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Document \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "dialog-show character" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Text \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Style\SpecialChar menuseparator Customized \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted -712698321 1545899981 \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "textstyle-apply" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted -712698321 1545900045 Format text using the recent settings in the \begin_inset Info type "menu" arg "dialog-show character" \end_inset dialog \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "layout-paragraph" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator Paragraph \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Settings \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "thesaurus-entry" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Thesaurus \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection View/Update Toolbar \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Toolbar ! View / Update \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Graphics filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace defskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The view/update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following buttons: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace defskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "buffer-view" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator View \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "buffer-update" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Update \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "master-buffer-view" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator \change_inserted -131811572 1600333746 View \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \change_unchanged Master \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Document \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "master-buffer-update" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Update \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Master \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Document \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync" \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator \change_deleted -131811572 1600333766 Output \change_inserted -131811572 1600333762 Formats \change_unchanged \SpecialChar menuseparator Synchronize with Output \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "view-others" \end_inset \change_deleted -712698321 1545901299 \family sans * \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator View (Other Formats) \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "update-others" \end_inset \change_deleted -712698321 1545901301 * \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Update (Other Formats) \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted -712698321 1545901302 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default icon set. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Other Toolbars \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The change tracking toolbar is explained in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Change-Tracking" \end_inset , the table toolbar \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Toolbar ! Table \end_layout \end_inset in the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual and the math macro toolbar \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Toolbar ! Macro \end_layout \end_inset in the \emph on Math \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter The Document Settings \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "chap:The-Document-Settings" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Document ! Settings \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family sans Document \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Setting \family default s dialog contains submenus to set properties for the whole document and is called with the menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings \family default . You can save your document settings as default with the \family sans Save as Document Defaults \family default button in any dialog. This will create a template named \family typewriter defaults.lyx \family default which is automatically loaded by \SpecialChar LyX when you create a new document without using a template. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The button \family sans Use Class Defaults \family default resets the document settings to the default of the document class. This affects mostly class options, the page layout and Numbering & TOC. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following sections. There are so many document settings available that it might take a while to find the one you are looking for. To find a setting quicker, you can use the search field which is above the submenus of the dialog. If you search e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset for \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset page \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , you will see that some submenus will be grayed-out and disabled. Only the submenus with page settings stay enabled. The found page settings are labeled red in these submenus. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Document Class \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a master document. Document classes are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Document-Classes" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard With the button \family sans Local \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Layout \family default you can load you own layout-file, that is not in \SpecialChar LyX 's \emph on layouts \emph default folder and thus not recognized by \SpecialChar LyX as a layout for a document class. For more about layout-files, see the chapter \emph on Installing New Document Classes, Types of Layout Files \emph default of the \emph on Customization \emph default Handbook. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Some classes use special class options by default. If this is the case, they are listed in the field \family sans Predefined \family default and you can decide to use them or not. If you do not know exactly what the default class options are for, it is recommended you leave them untouched. The \family sans Graphics driver \family default is used for \SpecialChar LaTeX 's graphics, color and page layout packages. If using \family sans Default \family default , the default driver for the \SpecialChar LaTeX -packages is used. It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are doing. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout When you want to use one of the following drivers \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \family sans dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln \family default \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset you first have to activate them in your \SpecialChar LaTeX distribution, see section \emph on Driver support \emph default in \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Specifying a \family sans Master \family default document is necessary if the current document is a child or subdocument. The master document will be used by \SpecialChar LyX in the background if the child document is opened without its master. This way child documents are always compilable. More about master and child documents is explained in the section \emph on Child Documents \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There is also an option to suppress the date and one to use the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold refstyle \series default instead of \series bold prettyref \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! prettyref \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! refstyle \end_layout \end_inset for cross-references, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Cross-References" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section Child Documents \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents. Please refer to the section \emph on Child \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Documents \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual for details. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Modules \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Modules are explained in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Modules" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section Local Layout \end_layout \begin_layout Standard See section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Local-Layout" \end_inset for a description. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Fonts \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The document font settings are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section Text Layout \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by \family sans Indentation \family default or by \family sans Vertical space \family default . The \family sans Line \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset spacing \family default and whether it should be a \family sans Two-column \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset document \family default can also be specified here. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Note that \SpecialChar LyX will not show two columns or the specified line spacing on screen. That would be impractical, often unreadable, and is not part of the WYSIWYM concept. However, it will be as you specified in the output. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard With the option \family sans Use justification in \SpecialChar LyX work area \family default you can decide if \SpecialChar LyX justifies the text on screen. This only affects the text inside \SpecialChar LyX not in the output. \change_inserted -712698321 1554288869 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1554288904 The \family sans Default Style \family default setting in \family sans Table Style \family default lets you select which style newly inserted tables should use by default. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Section Page Layout \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This dialog is described in sections \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Paper-Size,-Orientation" \end_inset and \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Document-Layout" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section Page Margins \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here you can adjust the page margins as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Margins" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section Language \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Language-encodings" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Language ! Encoding \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The document language and quote styles are set here. The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to \SpecialChar LaTeX (the \SpecialChar LyX file is always encoded in utf8). All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will be exported as \SpecialChar LaTeX -commands (this can fail if a \SpecialChar LaTeX -command is not known for a particular character). \change_inserted -712698321 1557594829 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1557596095 By default, \SpecialChar LyX outputs \SpecialChar LaTeX files in Unicode – or utf8, for that matter (which is nowadays also \SpecialChar LaTeX 's default encoding). This should normally fit your needs, since \SpecialChar LaTeX 's Unicode support covers the characters of most scripts. Nonetheless it is not yet comprehensive, so there might be cases where using one of the traditional, or \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset legacy \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , encodings is necessary. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1557596136 \SpecialChar LyX provides support for these traditional encodings. If you chose \family sans Traditional (auto-selected) \family default from the \family sans Encodings \family default dropdown, \SpecialChar LyX automatically selects the appropriate traditional encoding for the given language(s). \change_deleted -712698321 1557595310 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted -712698321 1557595310 If you use the option \family sans Language Default \family default , \SpecialChar LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text. \change_unchanged If the document contains text in more than one language you \change_inserted -712698321 1557595342 thus \change_unchanged may get more than one encoding in the \SpecialChar LaTeX file. \change_deleted -712698321 1557595350 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use exactly one encoding. Checking this option is the preferred setting. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1557596155 As a third option, \SpecialChar LyX provides the \family sans ASCII \family default selection. If this is chosen, any character outside the 7bit ASCII range will be output as a \SpecialChar LaTeX command. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1557645585 Finally, you can also select \family sans Custom \family default , which lets you specify a specific (single) encoding for the whole document. Note that this encoding is then used for \emph on any \emph default language. The custom list (which is spelled out below) consists of traditional encodings and some special cases of Unicode for specific purposes (see explanation below). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1557645268 The \family sans Do not load inputenc \family default checkbox does what it states: It prevents \SpecialChar LyX from automatically loading the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold inputenc \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \change_inserted -712698321 1557645185 \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! inputenc \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_inset . This option might be useful if you use a class or package that pre-loads inputenc or if inputenc must not be used for some reason. When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign languages in \SpecialChar TeX code. Note that this option is only available for the standard \family sans Unicode \family default and \family sans Traditional (auto-selected) \family default encodings. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted -712698321 1557596063 \SpecialChar LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively. If you want to use this (and your \SpecialChar LaTeX installation supports Unicode), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below. Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard \SpecialChar LaTeX is quite incomplete, so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine with \family sans Language Default \family default (when \SpecialChar LyX uses its list of known \SpecialChar LaTeX -commands), but does not work with a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known \SpecialChar LaTeX -commands is not used, because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8). The situation is much better with Xe\SpecialChar TeX and Lua\SpecialChar TeX , two new alternative engines to standard \SpecialChar LaTeX . Both engines support Unicode natively. \SpecialChar LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (XeTeX) \family default , \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (LuaTeX) \family default and \family sans DVI \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (LuaTeX) \family default , see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Output-file-formats" \end_inset ). So if you are using many special or accented characters and \family sans Language Default \family default fails, you might try out one of these new engines. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family sans Language \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset package \family default determines the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package that is used for hyphenation and the translation of strings like \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Part \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . The possible settings are: \end_layout \begin_layout Description Default uses the language package that is selected in \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator Language Settings \family default (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Prefs-Language" \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Description Automatic selects the most suitable language package for the view/export format you will use. In many cases this will be \series bold babel \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! babel \end_layout \end_inset . If the newer package \series bold polyglossia \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! polyglossia \end_layout \end_inset is more appropriate (is the case when using Xe\SpecialChar TeX or Lua\SpecialChar TeX and non-\SpecialChar TeX fonts), this package will be used instead of \series bold babel \series default . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Always \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Babel uses \series bold babel \series default even if \series bold polyglossia \series default would be more appropriate. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Custom allows you to specify a language package command of your choice. For example if you want to use a language-specific package like \series bold ngerman \series default (for German texts), type in \series bold \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \backslash usepackage{ngerman} \end_layout \begin_layout Description None will not use a language package. This is necessary for some document classes for scientific articles. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here is a list with the important encodings: \end_layout \begin_layout Description \change_deleted -712698321 1557645284 Language \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (no \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset inputenc) Same as \family sans Language Default \family default , but the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold inputenc \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! inputenc \end_layout \end_inset is not used. When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign languages in \SpecialChar TeX code. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Description ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII). \SpecialChar LyX converts all other characters into \SpecialChar LaTeX commands, which may result in a big file when lots of \SpecialChar LaTeX -commands are needed. \change_inserted -712698321 1557596221 This is the same as the \family sans ASCII \family default option in the main \family sans Encoding \family default dropdown list. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Description Arabic \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (CP \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi \end_layout \begin_layout Description Arabic \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ISO \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi \end_layout \begin_layout Description Armenian \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ArmSCII8) for Armenian \end_layout \begin_layout Description Baltic \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (CP \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same as the ISO-8859-13 encoding \end_layout \begin_layout Description Baltic \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ISO \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding \end_layout \begin_layout Description Baltic \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ISO \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the ISO-8859-13 encoding \end_layout \begin_layout Description Central \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset European \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (CP \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 8859-2 (latin2) \end_layout \begin_layout Description Central \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset European \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ISO \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian \end_layout \begin_layout Description Chinese \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (simplified) \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for \SpecialChar LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (CJK) \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (utf8) \end_layout \begin_layout Description Chinese \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (simplified) \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for \SpecialChar LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (CJK) \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (utf8) \end_layout \begin_layout Description Chinese \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (traditional) \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese \end_layout \begin_layout Description Cyrillic \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (CP \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic \end_layout \begin_layout Description Cyrillic \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ISO \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian \end_layout \begin_layout Description Cyrillic \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian \end_layout \begin_layout Description Cyrillic \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian \end_layout \begin_layout Description Cyrillic \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (pt \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh \end_layout \begin_layout Description Greek \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ISO \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 8859-7) for Greek \end_layout \begin_layout Description Hebrew \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (CP \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding \end_layout \begin_layout Description Hebrew \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ISO \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 8859-8) for Hebrew \end_layout \begin_layout Description Japanese \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (CJK) \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold CJK \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! CJK \end_layout \end_inset , when using this, set the document language to \family sans Japanese (CJK) \end_layout \begin_layout Description Japanese \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (CJK) \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold CJK \series default , when using this, set the document language to \family sans Japanese \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (CJK) \end_layout \begin_layout Description Japanese \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (non-CJK) \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold japanese \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! japanese \end_layout \end_inset , when using this, set the document language to \family sans Japanese \end_layout \begin_layout Description Japanese \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (non-CJK) \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold japanese \series default , when using this, set the document language to \family sans Japanese \end_layout \begin_layout Description Japanese \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (non-CJK) \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold japanese \series default , when using this, set the document language to \family sans Japanese \end_layout \begin_layout Description Korean \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (EUC-KR) for Korean \end_layout \begin_layout Description Southern \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset European \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ISO \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish \end_layout \begin_layout Description South-Eastern \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset European \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ISO \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German, Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed to cover many languages and characters with diacritics \end_layout \begin_layout Description Thai \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (TIS \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 620-0) for Thai \end_layout \begin_layout Description Turkish \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ISO \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones \end_layout \begin_layout Description Unicode \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (CJK) \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold CJK \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! CJK \end_layout \end_inset (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean) \change_inserted -712698321 1557596410 . This encoding is selected by \SpecialChar LyX with the default encoding ( \family sans Unicode (utf8) [default] \family default in the main \family sans Encoding \family default dropdown list) with CJK languages. Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Description Unicode \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (Xe \family sans TeX \family default ) \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with \family sans Xe\SpecialChar TeX \family default and \family sans Lua\SpecialChar TeX \family default , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold inputenc \series default . \SpecialChar LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview Xe\SpecialChar TeX or Lua\SpecialChar TeX . Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Unicode \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ucs-extended) \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold ucs \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! ucs \end_layout \end_inset ( \change_deleted -712698321 1557596443 comprehensive, \change_unchanged including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts). \change_inserted -712698321 1557596475 This used to be more comprehensive than \family sans Unicode \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (utf8) \family default , but meanwhile it is rather outdated. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Description Unicode \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the \SpecialChar LaTeX -package \series bold inputenc \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! inputenc \end_layout \end_inset . \change_deleted -712698321 1557596266 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts) is supported. \change_inserted -712698321 1557596400 This encoding is selected by \SpecialChar LyX with the default encoding ( \family sans Unicode (utf8) [default] \family default in the main \family sans Encoding \family default dropdown list) with non-CJK languages. Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Description Western \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset European \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (CP \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 8859-1 (latin1) \end_layout \begin_layout Description Western \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset European \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ISO \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15 encoding instead \end_layout \begin_layout Description Western \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset European \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset (ISO \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish \end_layout \begin_layout Section Colors \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Color ! main text \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Color ! background \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Color ! Shaded boxes \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Color ! Greyed-out notes \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here you can alter the font color for the \family sans Main text \family default (default: black), for \family sans Greyed \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset out notes \family default (default: light grey)for the background color for the \family sans Page \family default (default: white) and for \family sans Shaded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset boxes \family default (default: red). The button \family sans Reset \family default sets the color back to the default. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Clicking any button showing \family sans Default \family default or \family sans Change \family default opens a dialog enabling you to choose from a selection of colors or from a color-picker or to specify a color using HSL or RGB values. In the dialog you can add any color to the custom colors to select them later more quickly. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Note, if you change the \family sans Main \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset text \family default font color and use the option \family sans Color \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset links \family default in the document settings under \family sans PDF \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset properties \family default , you probably also need to change the link font color as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:PDF-Properties" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can adapt the \family sans Main \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset text \family default font color and the \family sans Page \family default background for every page in your document if you use these commands as \SpecialChar TeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Code after a forced page break: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize For the page color: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold \backslash pagecolor{color name} \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize For the text color: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold \backslash color{color name} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You are restricted to one of \series bold black \series default , \series bold blue \series default , \series bold cyan \series default , \series bold green \series default , \series bold magenta \series default , \series bold red \series default , \series bold white \series default or \series bold yellow \series default for the \series bold color name \series default unless you have defined your own color (see the section \emph on Colored Tables \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default Manual). \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset If you have changed a text or background color, you can use the following names to refer to them: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize For the \family sans Page \family default background color: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold page_backgroundcolor \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize For the \family sans Main \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset text \family default color: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold document_fontcolor \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize For the \family sans Shaded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset boxes \family default background color: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold shadecolor \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize For the \family sans Greyed \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset out notes \family default text color: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold note_fontcolor \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To see how to define and use custom colors, see section \emph on Colored \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Cells \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Section \change_inserted -712698321 1577206827 Change Tracking \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1577206929 Here you can do some settings related to change tracking (see sec. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Change-Tracking" plural "false" caps "false" noprefix "false" \end_inset ). Alternatively to the menu or toolbar, you can set here whether changes are being tracked and whether they are shown in the output. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1577207214 Additionally, you can advise LyX to place a change bar in the margin of the output. This might be useful to make changed passages more salient. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Numbering & TOC \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here you can adjust the \family sans Numbering \family default depth of section headings and the section depth in the \family sans Table of Contents \family default as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Numbering-depth" \end_inset . \change_inserted 5863208 1558620045 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted 5863208 1558620379 You can typeset lines numbering in the output file by enabling the checkbox at the bottom. The functionality is handled by package lineno and and additional options of this package can be used as well. The most common one are: \end_layout \begin_layout Description \change_inserted 5863208 1558620630 right Line numbers to the right margin \end_layout \begin_layout Description \change_inserted 5863208 1558620589 switch Line number to the outer margin (left – even pages, right – odd pages) \end_layout \begin_layout Description \change_inserted 5863208 1558620637 switch* Line numbers to the inner margin \end_layout \begin_layout Description \change_inserted 5863208 1601989692 modulo Print numbers only on multiples of five lines \end_layout \begin_layout Description \change_inserted 5863208 1601989752 pagewise Restart numbering for each page \end_layout \begin_layout Description \change_inserted 5863208 1558620792 displaymath, \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset mathlines Line numbers for math environments (both options needed). \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Section Bibliography \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here you can specify if a specific citation style using the \SpecialChar LaTeX packages \series bold biblatex \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! biblatex \end_layout \end_inset , \series bold natbib \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! natbib \end_layout \end_inset or \series bold jurabib \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! jurabib \end_layout \end_inset should be used. If you use Bib\SpecialChar TeX , you can enable a \family sans Sectioned bibliography \family default using the \SpecialChar LaTeX package \series bold bibtopic \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! bibtopic \end_layout \end_inset . If you use \noun on Biblatex \noun default , you can select the style files and specify further options. Finally, you can select a document-specific \family sans Processor \family default for the generation of the bibliography. For a further description of these possibilities see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Bibliography" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section Indexes \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here you can define the \family sans Processor \family default that will generate your index and you can define additional indexes (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Index" \end_inset for details). \end_layout \begin_layout Section PDF Properties \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The PDF properties are explained in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:PDF-Properties" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section Math Options \end_layout \begin_layout Standard These options will force \SpecialChar LyX to use the \SpecialChar LaTeX packages \series bold amsmath \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! amsmath \end_layout \end_inset , \series bold amssymb \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! amssymb \end_layout \end_inset , \series bold cancel \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! cancel \end_layout \end_inset , \series bold esint \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! esint \end_layout \end_inset , \series bold mathdots \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! mathdots \end_layout \end_inset , \series bold mathtools \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! mathtools \end_layout \end_inset , \series bold mhchem \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! mhchem \end_layout \end_inset , \series bold stackrel \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! stackrel \end_layout \end_inset , \series bold stmaryrd \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! stmaryrd \end_layout \end_inset and \series bold undertilde \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! undertilde \end_layout \end_inset , or to use them automatically when they are needed. \end_layout \begin_layout Description amsmath is needed for many constructs, so when you get \SpecialChar LaTeX -errors in formulas, ensure that you have this enabled. \end_layout \begin_layout Description amssymb is needed for some special math symbols like bold or upright Greek letters, so when you get \SpecialChar LaTeX -errors in formulas, ensure that you have this enabled. \end_layout \begin_layout Description cancel is used for canceled formulas, see section \emph on Canceled \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Formulas \emph default of the \emph on Math \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Description esint is used for special integral characters, see section \emph on Big \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Operators \emph default of the \emph on Math \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Description mathdots is used for special ellipses, see section \emph on Ellipses \emph default of the \emph on Math \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Description mathtools is used for the math commands \series bold \backslash overbracket \series default , \series bold \backslash underbracket \series default , \series bold \backslash smashoperator \series default , \series bold \backslash adjustlimits \series default , \series bold \backslash splitfrac \series default , \series bold \backslash shortintertext \series default and labeled arrows, see the corresponding sections in the \emph on Math \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Description mhchem is used for chemical equations, see section \emph on Chemical Symbols and Equations \emph default of the \emph on Math \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Description stackrel is used for the math command \series bold \backslash stackrel \series default , see section \emph on Relations \emph default of the \emph on Math \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Description stmaryrd is used for a few special math symbols. \end_layout \begin_layout Description undertilde is used for the math command \series bold \backslash utilde \series default , see section \emph on Accents for one Character \emph default of the \emph on Math \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Float \change_deleted -712698321 1526030304 Placement \change_inserted -712698321 1526030306 Settings \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1526030352 Here you can set global float placement and alignment options. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_deleted -712698321 1526030366 The float placement options \change_inserted -712698321 1526030367 Details \change_unchanged are described in the section \emph on Float \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \change_deleted -712698321 1526031799 Placement \change_inserted -712698321 1526031800 Settings \change_unchanged \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Listings \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The listings settings are explained in the chapter \emph on Program Code Listings \emph default of the \emph on Embedded \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Objects \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Bullets \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here you can adjust the characters used for the itemize \family sans Level \family default s, specify the \family sans Font \family default set to be used and set the \family sans Size \family default of the bullets. The itemize environment is described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Itemize" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can furthermore specify a \family sans Custom \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Bullet \family default by inserting in this field the \SpecialChar LaTeX command of the desired character. For example to use the € sign, you have to insert the command \series bold \backslash texteuro \series default . For math symbols you additionally need to enclose the command with $ signs. To use e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset the symbol \begin_inset Formula $\circlearrowright$ \end_inset you need to enter \series bold $ \backslash circlearrowright$ \series default . To find the command for a math symbol, create a formula and hover the mouse over the desired symbol in the math toolbar. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default Some characters require to load special \SpecialChar LaTeX -packages in the preamble (menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator \SpecialChar LaTeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Preamble \family default ). For example for the € sign one needs to add the line \series bold \backslash usepackage{textcomp} \series default to the preamble. For most math symbols it is sufficient to add the line \series bold \backslash usepackage{amssymb} \series default . \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Section Branches \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Branches are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Branches" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section Formats \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Doc-Formats" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here you can define some output specifics for the current document: \end_layout \begin_layout Description Default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Output \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Format: The format that is used when you enter \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset View \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Update \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset View Master Document \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Update Master Document \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in the \family sans Document \family default menu or the toolbar. The default is set in \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator File \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator File Formats \family default , see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:File-Formats" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description \change_inserted -712698321 1578647276 Allow \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset running \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset external \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset programs If this is switched on, \SpecialChar LaTeX is run with the \family typewriter -shell-escape \family default option which is needed with some packages. Note that this comes with security risks, so please use this only when really necessary and if you know what you are doing. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \change_inserted -712698321 1578647006 LaTeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Output \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Options offers settings for the \family sans LaTeX \family default export. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Synchronize \change_inserted -712698321 1578646679 \change_deleted -712698321 1578646679 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \change_unchanged with \change_deleted -712698321 1578646686 \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \change_inserted -712698321 1578646686 \change_unchanged Output \family default \change_inserted -712698321 1578646719 enables \change_deleted -712698321 1578646729 settings for the menu \family sans Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator \change_unchanged Forward \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset search \change_inserted -712698321 1578646752 \family default and allows to customize the macro used in this process \change_deleted -712698321 1578646757 . \change_unchanged \change_inserted -712698321 1578646759 ( \change_deleted -712698321 1578646759 F \change_inserted -712698321 1578646759 f \change_unchanged or a detailed description see section \emph on Reverse DVI/PDF search \emph default of the \emph on Additional \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Features \emph default manual \change_inserted -712698321 1578646762 ) \change_unchanged . \change_inserted -712698321 1578647009 \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \change_inserted -712698321 1578647929 \family sans Put fragile content out of moving arguments \family default determines whether so-called \begin_inset Quotes els \end_inset fragile \begin_inset Quotes ers \end_inset \SpecialChar LaTeX constructs (such as labels or index entries) are placed outside of so-called \begin_inset Quotes els \end_inset moving arguments \begin_inset Quotes ers \end_inset in \SpecialChar LaTeX (such as sections or captions), even if the corresponding insets are placed in such context in \SpecialChar LyX . This setting is on by default, since it prevents nasty \SpecialChar LaTeX errors. If you rely on labels or index entries being kept inside the problematic macros, you can uncheck this. If you don't know what we are talking about here, worry not: just leave it checked. \change_unchanged \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Description XHTML \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Output \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Options offers settings for the export format \family sans LyXHTML \family default . \family sans Strict XHTML \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 1.1 \family default will assure that the output follows exactly version \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset 1.1 of the XHTML standard. The different \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset output \family default settings are described in detail in section \emph on Math Output in XHTML \emph default of the \emph on Additional \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Features \emph default manual. \family sans Math \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset image \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset scaling \family default is used for the size of equations in the output. \end_layout \begin_layout Description LyX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Format The option \family sans Save transient properties \family default controls whether document settings that are frequently switched or that are specific to the user are saved with the document. The properties that are affected by option are currently: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize the activation of change tracking \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize the output of tracked changes \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize the recording of the document directory path. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Disabling the option can prevent issues in collaborative work and/or when using a version control system (for instance unnecessary merge conflicts). \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Section La \family sans TeX \family default Preamble \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In this text field you can enter commands to load special \SpecialChar LaTeX -packages or to define \SpecialChar LaTeX -commands. The preamble is a thing for \SpecialChar LaTeX -experts. You should not enter commands here until you know exactly what you are doing. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard An introduction to the \SpecialChar LaTeX -syntax is given in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:LaTeX-Syntax" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter The \family sans Preferences \family default Dialog \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "chap:The-Preferences-dialog" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Preferences \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The preferences dialog is called with the menu \family sans Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator Preferences \family default . It has the following submenus. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Look and Feel \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection User Interface \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection User Interface File \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Customization ! of toolbars \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Customization ! of menus \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user interface (ui) file. A ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed. The file \emph on default.ui \emph default loads three files: \end_layout \begin_layout Description stdmenus.inc \shape italic \emph on specifies the menu entries for the standard menus \end_layout \begin_layout Description stdcontext.inc \shape italic \emph on specifies \shape default \emph default the menu entries in popup context menus \end_layout \begin_layout Description stdtoolbars.inc \shape italic \emph on specifies the toolbar buttons \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these files and edit the entries. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: the \family sans Menubar \family default , \family sans Menu \family default and \family sans Toolbar \family default entries must be finished with an explicit \family sans End \family default . They may contain \family sans Submenu \family default , \family sans Item \family default , \family sans OptItem \family default , \family sans Separator \family default , \family sans Icon, \family default and in the case of the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset file_lastfiles \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset menu a \family sans Lastfiles \family default entry. The syntax for the entries is: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace smallskip* \end_inset \series bold Item \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset menu \series default or \series bold button name \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \SpecialChar LyX function \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent \begin_inset VSpace smallskip* \end_inset All the \SpecialChar LyX -functions are listed in the menu \family sans Help\SpecialChar menuseparator LyX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Functions \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard For example, assuming you use the menu \family sans Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator Bookmarks \family default quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the line \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace smallskip* \end_inset \series bold Item \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Save Bookmark 6 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset bookmark-save 6 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent \begin_inset VSpace smallskip* \end_inset to the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset navigate_bookmarks \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset menu in \emph on stdmenus.inc \emph default to have the sixth bookmark. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans Icon \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Set \family default allows you to change the appearance of \SpecialChar LyX 's toolbar buttons. The currently available icon sets are compared in \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "this image" target "https://wiki.lyx.org/uploads/LyX/NewInLyX20/themes.png" literal "false" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Context help \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The option \family sans Enable tool tips in main work area \family default enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries or footnotes. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Menus \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans Maximum last files \family default is the number of last opened files that \SpecialChar LyX should display in the menu \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Open \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Recent \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Document Handling \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Session handling \end_layout \begin_layout Standard With the option \family sans Restore window layouts and geometries \family default \SpecialChar LyX 's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used in the last \SpecialChar LyX session. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The option \family sans Restore cursor positions \family default sets the cursor to the position in the file where it was at the end of the last session. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The option \family sans Load opened files from last session \family default opens all files that were opened in the last \SpecialChar LyX session. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The button \family sans Clear all session information \family default deletes all information from previous \SpecialChar LyX sessions (cursor positions, names of last opened documents, etc.). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Backup & saving \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Backup documents" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Backup ! Documents \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans Backup original documents when saving \family default creates a backup copy of the file in the state when it was opened or when it was saved the last time. It is stored in the \family sans Backup \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset directory \family default (see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Paths" \end_inset ) or in the same folder as your document if no \family sans Backup \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset directory \family default is specified. The backup file has the file extension \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans .lyx~ \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard With the option \family sans Backup documents, every \family default , you can specify the time between backup saves. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans Save documents compressed by default \family default always saves files in a compressed format (see also section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Compressed" \end_inset ). This applies to newly created documents only. The compression status of existing documents is not changed when saving. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Windows & work area \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If the option \family sans Open documents in tabs \family default is not checked, every file will be opened in its own new instance of \SpecialChar LyX . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The option \family sans Single instance \family default is only active if a \SpecialChar LyX Server pipe \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout See section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Paths" \end_inset for information about \SpecialChar LyX Server pipes. \end_layout \end_inset is specified. If it is checked, \SpecialChar LyX documents will be opened in the same running instance of \SpecialChar LyX . Otherwise a new \SpecialChar LyX instance is created for each file. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If the option \family sans Single close-tab button \family default is checked, there will only be one close button ( \family sans \begin_inset Info type "icon" arg "closetab" \end_inset \family default ) at the right side of the tab bar to close tabs. Otherwise every document tab has its own close button. Regardless of this option, one can always close a tab by middle-clicking it in the tab bar. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default For this option you have to restart \SpecialChar LyX before the change takes effect. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard With the setting \family sans Closing last view \family default you one can decide if a document is closed or hidden when its tab or view is closed. Hidden documents are accessible via the menu \family sans View\SpecialChar menuseparator Hidden \family default . Not to close documents can be useful if you open files parallel in several instances of \SpecialChar LyX and only want to close the view in once instance. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Screen Fonts \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Font ! Screen \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Screen-Fonts" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard These fonts are used to display your documents within \SpecialChar LyX . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default This section only deals with the fonts \emph on inside \emph default the \SpecialChar LyX window. The fonts that appear in the output are independent of these fonts, and set in the menu \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Fonts \family default . \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard By default, \SpecialChar LyX uses \family typewriter Times \family default as its \family sans Roman \family default (serif) font, \family typewriter Arial \family default or \family typewriter Helvetica \family default (depends on the system) as its \family sans Sans \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Serif \family default font and \family typewriter Courier \family default as its \family typewriter Typewriter \family default font. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can change the font size with the \family sans Zoom \family default setting. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family sans Font Sizes \family default are calculated as letter height in units of points. 72.27 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset points have the size of 1 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset inch, see Appendix \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "chap:Units-available-in" \end_inset . The default font sizes are the same as if a document font size of 10 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt were used. The sizes are explained in detail in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Document-Font" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Colors \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Color ! \SpecialChar LyX screen \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Settings ! Color \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here you can change the screen colors used by \SpecialChar LyX by choosing an item in the list and selecting the \family sans Alter \family default button. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard By checking the option \family sans Use system colors \family default the color scheme of your OS or window manager is used. The colors \family sans cursor, selection, table line, text, URL \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset label and URL \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset text \family default are then not customizable and thus not listed. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Display \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Settings ! Display \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here you can specify if graphics are displayed inside \SpecialChar LyX . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans Instant Preview \family default enables previewing snippets of your document. This feature is described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Checking the option \family sans Mark \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset end \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset of \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset paragraphs \family default displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Editing \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Settings ! Editing \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Control \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Editing \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The option \family sans Cursor follows scrollbar \family default sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when scrolling. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can adjust the width of the cursor. If you set the value to zero, the thickness of the cursor scales relative to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans Scroll below end of document \family default is self-explanatory. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In \SpecialChar LyX one can jump from word to word by pressing \family sans Ctrl+arrow key \family default . With the option \family sans Use Mac-style for cursor moving between words \family default the cursor jumps from the end of a word to the end of the next word. Normally it jumps from the beginning to the beginning. \change_inserted -712698321 1578924606 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1578924785 The option \family sans Keep change tracking markup on copy and paste \family default is for users who don't want tracked changes to be dissolved on copy and paste operations (i. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset e., inserted as new text with the deletions removed). If this is checked, the change-tracked text will be copied and pasted as is, independent if changes are currently tracked or not. This also applies to wrapping to\SpecialChar breakableslash dissolving from insets. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The option \family sans Sort environments alphabetically \family default sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The option \family sans Group environments by their category \family default groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family sans Edit math macros \family default options determine the editing style for math macros, see the section \emph on Math Macros \emph default of the \emph on Math \emph default manual. \change_inserted -712698321 1598509726 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1598509987 The option \family sans Search drive for cited files \family default allows \SpecialChar LyX to query your disk for cited documents when using the \family sans Try \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset to \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Open \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Citation \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Content\SpecialChar ldots \family default context menu on a citation. The \family sans Patterns \family default field determines the search pattern. See sec. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Opening-cited-documents" \end_inset for details. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Fullscreen \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode. With the option \family sans Limit text width \family default you can specify the width of the text in fullscreen mode. This way you can display the text smaller than the screen; the text then appears centered. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Shortcuts \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Key Bindings \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Settings ! Shortcuts \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans Bind File \family default specifies the file to be used to bind a \SpecialChar LyX function to a key. Several binding files are available, among them: \end_layout \begin_layout Description cua.bind a typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts \end_layout \begin_layout Description (x)emacs.bind a set of bindings similar to those used in the editor programs \family sans Emacs \family default ( \family sans XEmacs \family default ) \end_layout \begin_layout Description mac.bind a set of bindings for \family sans Mac \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset OS \family default systems. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are also binding files designed for special document classes, like \shape italic broadway.bind \shape default , and binding files for special languages. The names of language binding files begin with a language code, e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g. \begin_inset space \space{} \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset pt \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset for Portuguese. If you use \SpecialChar LyX in a certain language, \SpecialChar LyX will try to use the appropriate binding file. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Some binding files, like \shape italic math.bind \shape default , only have a limited scope. When looking at the end of the file \shape italic cua.bind \shape default , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The field \family sans Show \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset key-bindings \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset containing \family default allows you to search for the shortcut provided for a particular function in the selected key binding file. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Editing Shortcuts \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Editing-Shortcuts" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Key Bindings ! Editing \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To add new or modify existing key bindings to your own taste you can use the table in the dialog that lists all \SpecialChar LyX functions and the bound shortcuts. To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog provides the field \family sans Show key-bindings containing \family default . In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit. Insert there for example as keyword \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset paste \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and you get the four different existing shortcuts for the three different functions that contain \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset paste \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in their name. As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut. All \SpecialChar LyX functions are also listed in the file \family sans \SpecialChar LyX Functions \family default that you will find in the \family sans Help \family default menu. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard For example, to add the shortcut \family sans Alt+Q \family default for the function \family sans textstyle-apply \family default , select the function and press the \family sans Modify \family default button. A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it. So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way. You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by starting the \SpecialChar LyX Function definition with “ \family typewriter command \change_deleted -131811572 1600337868 \change_inserted -131811572 1600337869 - \change_unchanged alternatives \family default ” and following it with the different function names as a semicolon separated list. \SpecialChar LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document part. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you don't like a particular shortcut, you can remove it. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying binding files with a text editor. The syntax of the entries is: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold \backslash bind \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset key combination \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \SpecialChar LyX function \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Note, though, that the key combination definition uses a specific syntax. This applies to the designators of specific modifier keys (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g., \family typewriter M \family default , \family typewriter S \family default , \family typewriter C \family default for \family sans Meta/Alt \family default , \family sans Shift \family default , \family sans Ctrl \family default , respectively) as well as to the other keys. Note particularly that you cannot use non-alphanumeric characters directly in the definition of the key combination, but must use commands following the Xlib standard instead (please refer to the existing bind files for a model). So if you wanted to bind a command to the key combination \family sans Alt+Shift+: \family default , you needed to specify it as \family typewriter M-S-colon \family default . If you use the dialog to edit key bindings, you don't have to care for these specifics. \SpecialChar LyX transforms your input to the correct syntax. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Keyboard/Mouse \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Keyboard-Map" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Keyboard Map \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Settings ! Keyboard Map \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Normally keyboard settings are made in a menu of your operating system. For the case where this is not possible, \SpecialChar LyX provides keyboard maps. If, for example, you have a Czech keyboard but want to use it as if it is a Romanian one, you can enable \family sans Use \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset keyboard \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset map \family default and select the keyboard map file named \shape italic romanian.kmap \shape default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can specify a \family sans First \family default and a \family sans Second \family default keyboard map and, if you use the \emph on cua \emph default bindings, you can select the first and second with \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "keymap-primary" \end_inset and \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "keymap-secondary" \end_inset respectively or toggle between them with \begin_inset Info type "shortcut" arg "keymap-toggle" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default Keyboard maps can only provide a makeshift solution and don't work on all systems. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can also specify the mouse \family sans Wheel scrolling speed \family default . The standard value is 1.0; higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones slow it down. With the option \family sans Middle mouse button pasting \family default you can determine if pressing the middle mouse button (or the mouse wheel) inserts the content of the clipboard. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you \family sans Enable \family default \family sans Scroll \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset wheel \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset zoom, \family default you can select a key for zooming. When this key is pressed and the mouse wheel is rotated, the text is zoomed. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Input Completion \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Input completion is described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Input-Completion" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section Paths \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:Paths" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Paths \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Settings ! Paths \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The paths to the various resources used by \SpecialChar LyX are normally determined during the installation. But there may be reasons why you might want to modify them. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Working \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset directory This is \SpecialChar LyX 's working directory. It is the default when you \family sans Open \family default , \family sans Save \family default or \family sans Save \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset As \family default files. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Document \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset templates This directory \change_inserted -712698321 1553354019 contains the templates that are shown \change_deleted -712698321 1553354025 will be opened when you use the menu \change_inserted -712698321 1553354026 in \change_unchanged \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator New \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset from \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Template \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Example \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset files This directory \change_deleted -712698321 1553354035 will be opened when you use the \change_inserted -712698321 1553354048 contains the example files that are listed in \change_unchanged \change_deleted -712698321 1553352959 button \family sans Examples \family default in the \change_unchanged \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Open \change_inserted -712698321 1553352950 Example \change_deleted -712698321 1553352963 \family default dialog \change_unchanged . \change_deleted -712698321 1553354004 \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Note Greyedout status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \series bold Note: \series default The \family sans Examples \family default button does not exist when using \SpecialChar LyX on Mac OS and Windows systems. \end_layout \end_inset \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Description Backup \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset directory \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Backup ! Directory \end_layout \end_inset Backup copies will be saved to this directory. If no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Backup documents" \end_inset , the \family sans Working directory \family default will be used to save the backups. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset Backup files have the ending \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset .lyx~ \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description LyXServer \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset pipe Here you can enter the name of a so-called UNIX-pipe. This pipe is used to send data from external programs to \SpecialChar LyX . \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold Example: \series default You add a Bib\SpecialChar TeX database \emph on test.bib \emph default to your document. You can edit this file with the program \family typewriter JabRef \family default . In \family typewriter JabRef \family default you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for \SpecialChar LyX in its preferences under \family sans External \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset programs \family default . If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in \family typewriter JabRef \family default and click on the \SpecialChar LyX symbol. The entry will now be inserted as a citation at the current cursor position in your \SpecialChar LyX file. Of course, \family typewriter JabRef \family default and \SpecialChar LyX need to be running the same time. \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset The pipe is also used for the \family sans Single instance \family default feature, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Backup documents" \end_inset . \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset To use the \SpecialChar LyX Server-Pipe on Windows, you must use this pipe name: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \series bold \backslash \backslash . \backslash pipe \backslash lyxpipe \end_layout \begin_layout Description Temporary \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Thesaurus \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset dictionary Directory where the thesaurus dictionaries are located. You only need to specify it if the thesaurus does not work or if you want to use custom/alternative dictionaries. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Hunspell \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset dictionary Directory where the dictionaries of the spell checker program \family typewriter Hunspell \family default are located. You only need to specify it if you are using \family typewriter Hunspell \family default and spell checking does not work or if you want to use custom/alternative dictionaries. For \SpecialChar LyX on Windows \family typewriter Hunspell \family default is the only available spell checker and should work without specifying a directory. \end_layout \begin_layout Description PATH \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs. When \SpecialChar LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list to see where to find it on the system. The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when \SpecialChar LyX is configured; so you normally don't have to modify it. On Unix \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset / \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH). \end_layout \begin_layout Description TEXINPUTS \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset prefix The TEXINPUTS environment variable allows you to use external files which are included in a \SpecialChar LyX document via commands in \SpecialChar TeX code or in the document preamble. This prefix includes by default the document directory (represented by a single dot '.'). The prefix can contain any list of paths separated by the default separator of the OS (':' on UNIX like systems and ';' on Windows). If files are included, the paths listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix will be scanned for the input files. Note that any non-absolute path listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix is considered to be relative to the directory of your \SpecialChar LyX file. It is recommended that you always include '.' as one of the paths; otherwise compilation may fail for some documents. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Identity \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here you can insert your \family sans Name \family default and \family sans E-mail \family default address. These will be used when you have enabled change tracking, as described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Change-Tracking" \end_inset , to mark changes you make as yours. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Language Settings \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Language ! Settings \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Settings ! Language \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Language \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Prefs-Language" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description User \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset interface \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset language Here you can select the language for \SpecialChar LyX 's menus. You can find its actual translation status here: \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href target "https://www.lyx.org/I18n" literal "false" \end_inset \change_inserted -712698321 1563708959 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \change_inserted -712698321 1563708986 LaTeX Language Support \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Description Language \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset package determines which \SpecialChar LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language issues. Language issues that are handled by this package include proper hyphenation as well as localization of dates and text strings such as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Chapter \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Table \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . The most widespread language package is \series bold babel \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! babel \end_layout \end_inset ; it is the default language package in classic \SpecialChar LaTeX . More recent typesetting engines such as Xe\SpecialChar TeX and Lua\SpecialChar TeX come with the alternative language package \series bold polyglossia \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! polyglossia \end_layout \end_inset that is more suited to the multi-script support of these engines. Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not covered by \series bold babel \series default . The available selections are described in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Language-encodings" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Command \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset start \change_deleted -712698321 1563708374 If a special \SpecialChar LaTeX -package is needed to write in a certain document language, you can h \change_inserted -712698321 1563708374 H \change_unchanged ere \change_inserted -712698321 1563708377 you \change_unchanged \change_deleted -712698321 1563708382 specify \change_inserted -712698321 1563708384 customize \change_unchanged the command \change_inserted -712698321 1563708639 that is used to switch to a different language \change_deleted -712698321 1563708410 to start the package \change_unchanged . \change_inserted -712698321 1563708611 This might be useful if you want to use a different command with \series bold babel \series default (which provides several alternative commands with different behavior), or if you use a custom language package with specific commands, such as \series bold Arab\SpecialChar TeX \series default \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "Arabic" literal "true" \end_inset , which needs \change_deleted -712698321 1563708616 An example is \change_unchanged the start command \family sans \backslash begin{arabtext} \change_deleted -712698321 1563708621 \family default that is needed to write Arabic using the package \series bold Arab\SpecialChar TeX \series default , see \begin_inset CommandInset citation LatexCommand cite key "Arabic" literal "true" \end_inset \change_unchanged . The default is the \series bold babel \series default command \family typewriter \backslash selectlanguage{$$lang} \change_inserted -712698321 1563708571 \family default , whereby \family sans $$lang \family default is a placeholder that is substituted with the respective language name in the \SpecialChar LaTeX output \change_unchanged . \change_inserted -712698321 1563708571 Note that with \series bold polyglossia \series default , this setting is ignored. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Description Command \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset end \change_deleted -712698321 1563857836 Counterpart to \family sans Command start \family default . \change_inserted -712698321 1563857869 Use this if the language switch set in \family sans Command start \family default needs to be explicitly ended, as in \series bold babel \series default 's alternative command \family typewriter \backslash begin{otherlanguage*}\SpecialChar ldots \SpecialChar allowbreak \backslash end{otherlanguage*} \family default . \change_deleted -712698321 1563708866 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start command toggles the package on and off \change_inserted -712698321 1563858041 Empty by default, as \family typewriter \backslash selectlanguage{$$lang} \family default does not need to be explicitly ended (the switch remains valid until the next \family typewriter \backslash selectlanguage{$$lang} \family default ) \change_unchanged . \change_inserted -712698321 1563857868 Note that with \series bold polyglossia \series default , this setting is ignored. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Description \change_deleted -712698321 1563708996 Default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset decimal \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset separator Defines the default decimal point for use in tables (decimal point alignment). \end_layout \begin_layout Description \change_deleted -712698321 1563708996 Default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset length \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset unit Defines the unit that is used as default for lengths in \SpecialChar LyX 's dialogs. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Description Set \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset languages \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset globally \change_deleted -712698321 1563709051 When \change_inserted -712698321 1563709052 If \change_unchanged this option is set, the languages used in the document will be added \change_deleted -712698321 1563709127 as options \change_unchanged to the document class options \change_inserted -712698321 1563709259 rather than the language package options. \change_deleted -712698321 1563709186 , \change_unchanged \change_deleted -712698321 1563709191 so that they can be used by all \SpecialChar LaTeX -packages \change_inserted -712698321 1563709305 Since the document class passes all options in gets to all loaded \SpecialChar LaTeX -packages, all language-aware packages will be informed about the used languages this way \change_unchanged . \change_deleted -712698321 1563709264 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the \series bold babel \series default package. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Description \change_deleted -712698321 1563709314 Auto \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset begin \change_inserted -712698321 1563709328 Set \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset document \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset language \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset explicitly \change_unchanged \change_deleted -712698321 1563709331 When \change_inserted -712698321 1563709331 If \change_unchanged this option is set, \change_inserted -712698321 1563709808 the language switch defined in \family sans Command \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset start \family default is output at the beginning of the document, thereby explicitly switching to the document language. This assures that the correct language is used in any case. This might be needed if you use a non-default \family sans Command \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset start \family default or if a package resets the document language. If not set, the language that is active at document start is used (this usually should be the document language). \change_deleted -712698321 1563709548 documents start with the chosen document language. When this option is not set, the \family sans Command \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset start \family default is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the \SpecialChar LaTeX -output. This assures that the correct language is used when you use another \family sans Command \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset start \family default than the default. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Description \change_deleted -712698321 1563709354 Auto \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset end \change_inserted -712698321 1563709358 Unset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset document \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset language \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset explicitly \change_unchanged Counterpart to \change_deleted -712698321 1563709361 \family sans Auto \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset begin \change_inserted -712698321 1563709392 Set document language explicitly \change_unchanged \family default . \change_deleted -712698321 1563709618 When it is not \change_inserted -712698321 1563709618 If \change_unchanged set, the \family sans Command \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset end \family default is \change_deleted -712698321 1563709625 set \change_inserted -712698321 1563709626 output \change_unchanged \change_inserted -712698321 1563709628 at \change_deleted -712698321 1563709628 to \change_unchanged the end of the document. \change_inserted -712698321 1563709816 \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \paragraph_spacing single \change_inserted -712698321 1563709833 Editor Settings \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Description Mark \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \change_inserted -712698321 1563709847 additional \change_deleted -712698321 1563709845 foreign \change_unchanged \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset languages \change_inserted -712698321 1563709877 If set, all \change_deleted -712698321 1563709877 T \change_inserted -712698321 1563709878 t \change_unchanged ext \change_deleted -712698321 1563709882 marked formatted \change_unchanged in a language different \change_deleted -712698321 1563709886 from \change_inserted -712698321 1563709886 to \change_unchanged the document language will be \change_inserted -712698321 1563709907 marked (by default with a blue \change_unchanged underline \change_deleted -712698321 1563709911 d in blue \change_inserted -712698321 1563709911 ) \change_unchanged . \change_inserted -712698321 1563709927 \end_layout \begin_layout Description \change_inserted -712698321 1563711969 Respect \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset OS \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset keyboard \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset language If set, \SpecialChar LyX will switch the input language if the keyboard map is switched via the operating system. This is particularly useful if you switch between languages with different scripts (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g., English and Hebrew: in this case, switching the keyboard to Hebrew will automatically switch the input language to Hebrew as well, and vice versa). \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Description \change_deleted -712698321 1563709926 Enable \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset RTL \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL), like Arabic, Hebrew or Farsi. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Description \change_inserted -712698321 1563710132 Right-to-left \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \change_deleted -712698321 1563710132 C \change_inserted -712698321 1563710132 c \change_unchanged ursor \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset movement \change_inserted -712698321 1563710265 Here you can define how cursor movement (with the arrow keys) behaves \change_deleted -712698321 1563710266 W \change_inserted -712698321 1563710267 w \change_unchanged hen writing \change_deleted -712698321 1563710171 RTL \change_inserted -712698321 1563710286 scripts with right-to-left direction (e.g., Arabic, Hebrew or Farsi). \change_deleted -712698321 1563857456 , you can define if the left and right arrow keys move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically. \change_inserted -712698321 1563859701 \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard \family sans Logical \family default means that the cursor \change_inserted -712698321 1563859940 follows the logic of the text direction, and the arrows' direction relates to the directionality of the main paragraph language. E. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g., in embedded right-to-left text in a left-to-right paragraph (say, Hebrew embedded in English), the cursor starts at the right (that is, at the \emph on beginning \emph default of the embedded passage in the right-to-left logic) when coming from the left. The meaning of the key is thus swapped for that part; right arrow in this specific case always means: move \emph on forward \emph default in text (even if this means: \emph on move left \emph default ). \change_deleted -712698321 1563857456 is moved to the left when pressing the right arrow key \change_inserted -712698321 1563859705 This setting might be useful in texts that mix left-to-right and right-to-left scripts, since the cursor then follows a coherent \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset text logic \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \change_inserted -712698321 1563860084 \family sans Visual \family default means: always move to the direction towards which the arrows really point. In this case, in embedded right-to-left text in a left-to-right paragraph, the cursor starts at the left (in the text logic: \emph on from the end \emph default ) when coming from the left. The visual meaning of the key is thus maintained in all cases, at the expense of the text logic. \change_deleted -712698321 1563857456 and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language. \change_inserted -712698321 1563858627 \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Subsubsection \change_inserted -712698321 1563710235 Local Preferences \end_layout \begin_layout Description \change_inserted -712698321 1563776004 Default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset decimal \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset separator Defines the default decimal separator for use in tables (decimal separator alignment). By default, the appropriate character for the current language is selected (e. \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset g., dot for English, comma for German), but you can also specify a specific (static) custom character here. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \change_inserted -712698321 1563709001 Default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset length \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset unit Defines the unit that is used as default for lengths in \SpecialChar LyX 's dialogs. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Spellchecker \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The spellchecker settings are explained in section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "sec:Spellchecking" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section Outputs \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection General \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:General-output" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description Forward \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset search Commands that will be used for the menu \family sans Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator Forward \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset search \family default . For a detailed description see section \emph on Reverse DVI/PDF search \emph default of the \emph on Additional \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Features \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Dvips \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Options Options for the program \family typewriter dvips \family default that is used for the export format \family sans Postscript \family default , see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Export" \end_inset . Possible options are listed in the \family typewriter dvips \family default manual: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://www.tug.org/texinfohtml/dvips.html \backslash #Option-details \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description Output \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset line \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using the menu \family sans File\SpecialChar menuseparator Export\SpecialChar menuseparator Plain \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset text \family default . Setting the line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless line. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \change_deleted -712698321 1534601711 Date \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset format \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Date Format \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Settings ! Date format \end_layout \end_inset The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man1/date.1.html \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset For example the format \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset %d/%m/%y \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset prints the date as day/month/year. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Description Overwrite \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset on \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset export Setting what \SpecialChar LyX is allowed to overwrite on export. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection La \family sans TeX \family default \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:LaTeX-settings" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Settings ! \SpecialChar LaTeX \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description \change_deleted -712698321 1524413534 Use \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset La \family sans TeX \family default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset font \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset encoding This is the default encoding of the document font. \family sans T1 \family default is the default and covers western languages and symbols. \family sans T2A \family default , \family sans T2B \family default , \family sans T2C \family default , \family sans LCY \family default and \family sans X2 \family default are used for Cyrillic. Combinations of the encodings are possible, like \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans T1, T2B \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages \SpecialChar LyX sets up in the background. So there is no need to change the default encoding. \change_unchanged \end_layout \begin_layout Description DVI \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset viewer \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset paper \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset size \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset options They only have an effect when the program \family sans xdvi \family default is used as DVI-viewer, read its manual to find out more. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here you can also specify options and commands with parameters for processors. But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the manuals of the applications. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Bibliography \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset generation Settings for the generation of the bibliography, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Bibliography-databases" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Index \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset generation Settings for the generation of the index, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Index-Program" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Nomenclature \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Nomenclature-Program" \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Check \family sans TeX \family default \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset command Command for the program \family sans Check\SpecialChar TeX \family default that is described in the section \emph on Checking \SpecialChar TeX \emph default of the \emph on Additional Features \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are additionally the following options: \end_layout \begin_layout Description Use \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Windows-style \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset paths \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset in \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \SpecialChar LaTeX \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \backslash \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is used instead of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset / \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to separate folders. This option is enabled by default when you use \SpecialChar LyX on Windows. \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Paths \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Settings ! Paths \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description Reset \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset class \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset options \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset when \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset document \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset class \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset changes Removes all manually set \family sans Class options \family default in the \family sans Document\SpecialChar menuseparator Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator Document \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Class \family default dialog when changing the document class. \end_layout \begin_layout Section File \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset Handling \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout File handling \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Converters \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "subsec:Converters" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Converters \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material from one format to another. You can modify converters or create new ones. To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the \family sans Converter \family default and/or \family sans Extra \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset flag \family default field and press the \family sans Modify \family default button. To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format in the \family sans To \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset format \family default drop-down list, modify the \family sans Converter \family default field and press the \family sans Add \family default button. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If the \family sans Converter File Cache \family default is \family sans Enabled \family default , conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field \family sans Maximum Age (in days \family default ). This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard More about converters, like the flags that can be used in the converter definition, is described in the section \emph on Converters \emph default of the \emph on Customization \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection File Formats \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "sec:File-Formats" \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout File formats \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Copiers \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here you find the list of defined file formats that \SpecialChar LyX can handle. You can modify the \family sans Editor \family default and \family sans Viewer \family default programs that should be used for certain formats. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can also define the \family sans Default output format \family default that is used when you use \family sans View, Update, View Master Document \family default or \family sans Update Master Document \family default in the \family sans Document \family default menu or the toolbar. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard More about formats and their options is described in the section \emph on Formats \emph default of the \emph on Customization \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Since all conversions from one format to another take place in \SpecialChar LyX 's temporary directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it to the temporary directory so that the conversion may be performed. This is done by specifying a \family sans Copier \family default . More about this is described in the section \emph on Copiers \emph default of the \emph on Customization \emph default manual. \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter Units available in \SpecialChar LyX \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout Units \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "chap:Units-available-in" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Table \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "tab:Units" \end_inset explains all the units available in \SpecialChar LyX and used in this documentation. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Float table placement h alignment document wide false sideways false status open \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset Caption Standard \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset CommandInset label LatexCommand label name "tab:Units" \end_inset Units \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout unit \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout name/description \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX command \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout bp \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout big point (72 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset bp = 1 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset in) \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout cc \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout cicero (1 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset cc = 12 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset dd) \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout cm \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout centimeter \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout dd \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout didot (1 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset dd \begin_inset Formula $\approx$ \end_inset 0.376 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mm) \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout em \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout width of letter \emph on M \emph default in current font \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout ex \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout height of letter \emph on x \emph default in current font \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout in \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout inch \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout mm \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout millimeter \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout mu \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout math unit (1 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset mu = 1/18 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset em) \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout pt \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout point (72.27 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt = 1 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset in) \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout pc \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout pica (1 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pc = 12 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt) \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout sp \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout scaled point (65536 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset sp = 1 \begin_inset space \thinspace{} \end_inset pt) \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout - \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Column Width % \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout % of column width \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash columnwidth \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Line Distance % \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout % of height between baselines of two subsequent text lines \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash baselineskip \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Line Width % \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout % of line width \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash linewidth \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Page Height % \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout % of paper height \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash paperheight \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Page Width % \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout % of paper width \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash paperwidth \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Scale Graphics % \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout % of original image width \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Text Height % \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout % of text height \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash textheight \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout Text Width % \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout % of text width \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash textwidth \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Newpage newpage \end_inset The bibliography on the following page was created with the \family sans Bibliography \family default environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem label "Credits" key "lyxcredit" literal "true" \end_inset The \SpecialChar LyX Team: \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Credits" target "https://www.lyx.org/Credits" literal "false" \end_inset : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://www.lyx.org/Credits \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "latexcompanion" literal "true" \end_inset Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens: \emph on The \SpecialChar LaTeX Companion Second Edition. \emph default Addison-Wesley, 2004 \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "latexguide" literal "true" \end_inset Helmut Kopka and Patrick W. Daly: \emph on A Guide to \SpecialChar LaTeX Fourth Edition. \emph default Addison-Wesley, 2003 \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "latexbook" literal "true" \end_inset Leslie Lamport: \emph on \SpecialChar LaTeX : A Document Preparation System. \emph default Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994 \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "texbook" literal "true" \end_inset Donald E. Knuth. \emph on The \SpecialChar TeX book. \emph default Addison-Wesley, 1984 \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "TeXCatalogue" literal "true" \end_inset The \SpecialChar TeX Catalogue: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://ctan.org/topic \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "LaTeXFAQ" literal "true" \end_inset The \SpecialChar LaTeX FAQ: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://www.tex.ac.uk/faq/ \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "BibTeX" literal "true" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Documentation" target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset of the program \family sans Bib\SpecialChar TeX \family default : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "BibTeX-2" literal "true" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Documentation" target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset how to use the program \family sans Bib\SpecialChar TeX \family default : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "Biblatex" literal "true" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Documentation" target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex/doc/biblatex.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset of the \SpecialChar LaTeX package \series bold biblatex \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! biblatex \end_layout \end_inset : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex/doc/biblatex.pdf \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "biber" literal "true" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Documentation" target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/biber/documentation/biber.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset of the \SpecialChar LaTeX package \series bold biber \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! biber \end_layout \end_inset : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/biber/documentation/biber.pdf \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "makeindex" literal "true" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Documentation" target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset of the program \family sans makeindex \family default : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "makeindex-man" literal "true" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Options" target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi" literal "false" \end_inset for the program \family sans makeindex \family default : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "xindy" literal "true" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Documentation" target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html" literal "false" \end_inset of the program \family sans xindy \family default : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "AMS" literal "true" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Documentation" target "https://www.ams.org/publications/authors/tex/amslatex" literal "false" \end_inset of the AMS \SpecialChar LaTeX -packages: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://www.ams.org/publications/authors/tex/amslatex \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "caption" literal "true" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Documentation" target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset of the \SpecialChar LaTeX package \series bold caption \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! caption \end_layout \end_inset : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "enumitem" literal "true" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Documentation" target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset of the \SpecialChar LaTeX package \series bold enumitem \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! enumitem \end_layout \end_inset : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "fancyhdr" literal "true" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Documentation" target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset of the \SpecialChar LaTeX package \series bold fancyhdr \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! fancyhdr \end_layout \end_inset : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "hyperref" literal "true" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Documentation" target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset of the \SpecialChar LaTeX package \series bold hyperref \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! hyperref \end_layout \end_inset : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual.pdf \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "microtype" literal "true" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Documentation" target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/microtype/microtype.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset of the \SpecialChar LaTeX package \series bold microtype \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! microtype \end_layout \end_inset : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/microtype/microtype.pdf \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "nomencl" literal "true" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Documentation" target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset of the \SpecialChar LaTeX package \series bold nomencl \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! nomencl \end_layout \end_inset : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "prettyref" literal "true" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Documentation" target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset of the \SpecialChar LaTeX package \series bold prettyref \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! prettyref \end_layout \end_inset : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "refstyle" literal "true" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Documentation" target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf" literal "false" \end_inset of the \SpecialChar LaTeX package \series bold refstyle \series default \begin_inset Index idx status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \SpecialChar LaTeX packages ! refstyle \end_layout \end_inset : \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "Arabic" literal "true" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Wiki-page" target "https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic" literal "false" \end_inset how to set up \SpecialChar LyX for Arabic: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "Armenian" literal "true" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Wiki-page" target "https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian" literal "false" \end_inset how to set up \SpecialChar LyX for Armenian: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "Cyrillic" literal "true" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Wiki-page" target "https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Cyrillic" literal "false" \end_inset how to set up \SpecialChar LyX for Cyrillic languages: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Cyrillic \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "Farsi" literal "true" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Wiki-page" target "https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi" literal "false" \end_inset how to set up \SpecialChar LyX for Farsi: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "Hebrew" literal "true" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Wiki-page" target "https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew" literal "false" \end_inset how to set up \SpecialChar LyX for Hebrew: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Bibliography \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem LatexCommand bibitem key "Japanese" literal "true" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset href LatexCommand href name "Wiki-page" target "https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese" literal "false" \end_inset how to set up \SpecialChar LyX for Japanese: \begin_inset Newline newline \end_inset \begin_inset Flex URL status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Newpage newpage \end_inset \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash let \backslash mybibname \backslash bibname \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash renewcommand{ \backslash bibname}{ \backslash mybibname \backslash ; 2} \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Note Note status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout The command \series bold \backslash bibname \series default is the name of the bibliography in the current document language. It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following bibliography is the second one: \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex LatexCommand bibtex bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs" options "biblio/alphadin" \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The above bibliography is created from a Bib\SpecialChar TeX database. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash renewcommand*{ \backslash pagedeclaration}[1]{ \end_layout \begin_layout Plain Layout \backslash unskip, \backslash hyperlink{page.#1}{page \backslash nobreakspace{}#1}} \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Note Note status collapsed \begin_layout Plain Layout This command makes the page number a clickable hyperlink, see sec. \begin_inset space ~ \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset ref LatexCommand ref reference "subsec:Nomenclature-Options" \end_inset for more info. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print LatexCommand printnomenclature set_width "auto" \end_inset \begin_inset CommandInset index_print LatexCommand printindex type "idx" name "Index" literal "false" \end_inset \end_layout \end_body \end_document